■^

L. 31. B.C. BEPOBTS. No. II.

THE SECOND REPORT

UPON THE

FAUNA OF LIVERPOOL BAY

AND THE

l^EIGHBOURING SEAS.

WKITTEN BY THE MEMBERS OF THE

LIVEEPOOL MAKINE BIOLOGY COMMITTEE^

AND EDITED BY

W. A. HEEDMAN, D.Sc, F.L.S.,

PROFESSOR OF NATURAL HISTORY IN VXIVEESITY COLLEGE, LIVERPOOL,

WITH TWELVE PLATES AXD A CHART.

PRINTED FOR THE

LIVERPOOL MARINE BIOLOGY COMMITTEE,
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, LIVERPOOL;

BY

TURNER, ROUTLEDGE & CO.
LrV'ERPOOL.

1889.

CONTENTS.

Inteoduction. By Professor Herdman, D.Sc, F.L.S.

The Foundation and First Season's Work of the Liverpool
Marine Biological Station on Puffin Island (with
Cuts). By Professor Herdman.

The Second Annual Eeport of the Liverpool Marine
Biological Station on Puffin Island (with Chart and
Cuts). By Professor Herdman.

Eeport upon the Marine Diatomaceje. By Dr. H. Stolterfoth.

Eeport upon the Marine Alg^ (with Cut). By E. J. Harvey
Gibson, M.A., F.L.S.

Second Eeport upon the Poeifera (with Plates V., VI. and
VII.). By E. Hanitsch, Ph.D.

Second Eeport upon the Echinodermata. By H. C. Chadwick,
Manchester.

Third Eeport upon the Copepoda (with Plate VIII.). By
I. C. Thompson, F.L.S.

Second Eeport upon the Copepoda (with Plates I. and II.).
By I. C. Thompson, F.L.S.

Second Eeport upon the Higher Crustacea, 1886-87 (with
Plate XIII.). By A. 0. Walker, F.L.S.

Appendix to Third Eeport upon the Copepoda (with Plate
IX.). By I. C. Thompson, F.L.S.

30468

IV. CONTENTS.

Third Eeport upon the Highepv Crustacea (with Plates X.
and XI.). By A. 0. Walker, F.L.S.

Second Eeport upon the Polyzoa (with Cuts). By Joseph
Lomas, Assoc.N.S.S.

Second Eeport upon the Nudibranchiata (with Plate XIL).
By Professor Herdman, D.Sc, and J. A. Cliibb.

Second Eeport upon the Tunicata (with Plate XIIL). By
Professor Herdman, D.Sc.

Eeport upon the Seals and Cetaceans. By T. J. Moore,
Corr.Memb.Z.S.L.

COEEECTIONS.

In the First Eeport on the Puffin Island Biological Station,
at page 48, last line, for ''further on in the present volume,"
read "in Proc. Biol. Soc. L'pool, vol. ii., p. 78."

In same article, p. 57, for " ScapJwsovia" read Cymhasoma.

Dr. Hanitsch wishes to state that the new Sponge described
in his report on p. 43, and figured in plate vii., under the name
of Seiriola comijacta, really consists of two separate Sponges, a
Stellettid and an incrusting Suberite. The former is, however,
the type of a new genus closely allied to Stryphnus, Sollas, and
for it the name Seiriola may be retained. The family Seiriolidae
must lapse. A revised description of the genus and species will
be given in the next report.

%

, -^

INTKODUCTION.

The first volume of this series of L.M.B.C. Reports upon
the Fauna and Flora of Liverpool Bay* was pul)lished
in the summer of 1886, as an Appendix to vol. xl. of the
Proceedings of the Literary and Philosophical Society of
Liverpool, and also separately as a volume of 372 pages,
ten plates and two maps.t Later on in the same year the
Liverpool Biological Society was founded, chiefly as an
outcome of the L.M.B.C. investigations and through the
instrumentality of the members of that committee, and it
was then felt that this would in future be the proper
scientific society before which to lay all reports upon the
biology of the district. The various papers bound up in
the present volume have therefore been duly read before
the Liverpool Biological Society, during the last two
sessions (1887-88 and 1888-89), and have been, or are now
being, published in the "Proceedings" (vols. ii. and iii.).

The L.M.B.C. have to thank the Council of the Liver-
pool Biological Society for allowing extra copies of these
reports to be printed in order that they might be collected
and issued as the second volume of "The Fauna of
Liverpool Bay." It is proposed to continue this arrange-
ment, and to issue succeeding volumes of collected reports
upon the fauna and flora of the district as they are ready,
probably at intervals of a few years.

This statement of the method of printing of the present

* The L. M. B. C. district, or Liverj^ool Bay in a wide sense, is that
quadrangular area in the eastern part of the Irisli Sea which is bounded by
the coast of Lancashire, the north coasts of Wales and Anglesey, and the
Isle of Man.

t "Fauna of Liverpool Bay," Report L London: Longmans, Green and
Co., 1886.

VI. L.M.B.C. REPORT II.

volume will explain a certain amount of irregularity in the
pagination and in the numbering of the plates, since the
sheets and plates have been reprinted from two separate
volumes of the "Proceedings." The absence of a con-
tinuous paging throughout the volume need not, however,
cause any difficulty or confusion, since each article is
independent of its neighbours ; and exact references to the
species described or figured in the volume can be made by
quoting the title of the article as well as that of the book :
e.g., the new Copepod described by Mr. I. C. Thompson as
LicJiomoIgus sahellce, may be referred to under "Fauna of
Liverpool Bay, vol. ii., Second Keport on Copepoda, p. 68."

The L.M.B.C. desire again to place on record their
grateful appreciation of the assistance they have received
from various gentlemen in Liverpool and the neighbour-
hood. Much of the work recorded in the following
pages could not have been undertaken but for the ready
subscriptions, the welcome loan of steamers, and the
kindly encouragement with 'which the committee have
been favoured. The Liverpool Salvage Association have
been especially helpful in placing at the services of the
Committee, year after year, for several days at a time, their
useful steamer the "HyEena," thus enabling us to explore
some of the more distant parts of the district, to discover
a number of rare and some new* animals, and to make
many interesting observations.

The "Hyaena" is fitted up with the electric light, and
has two Pilsen arc lamps (for deck or masthead) of 3000
candle power each, supplied by a Phoenix compound
wound dynamo, which is worked by a Gwynne vertical
engine of six horse power, and a number of smaller Edison-
Swan submarine incandescent lamps of 50 to 100 candle

* One of these, a Copepod, dredged off the south end of the Isle of Man,
has been named Joncsiclla hycence, in honour of the ohl gunboat (see this voh,
App. to third Rep. on Copepoda, p. QQ).

INTRODUCTION. Vll.

power each, which can be lowered by means of a water-
proof flexible cable to any required depth in the water.
This fortunate circumstance has enabled us, on the expe-
ditions to the Isle of Man, in May, 1888, and April, 1889,*
to make a number of experiments with illuminated surface
and bottom tow-nets at various depths from the surface of
the sea down to thirty fathoms, which have convinced us
that the electric light acts as an attraction to many of the
free-swimming animals provided with eyes, such as the
Copepoda, the Amphipoda, the Schizopoda, and especially
the Cumacea, and may even bring them up to the surface
from a depth of five fathoms.

The establishment of a small Biological Station on the
miinhabited Puffin Island, off the N.E. coast of Anglesey,
is certainly the most important event which has occurred
in the history of the L.M.B.C. since the publication of the
first volume. An account of the foundation of this seaside
laboratory, and an outline of the work which has been
carried on in it during the last two years, is given in
the first two articles in this volume, while references to
animals found around Puffin Island, and to observations
made in the laboratory there, will be found scattered
through nearly all the reports. Notwithstanding its
distance from Liverpool, its almost complete inaccessibility
except during calm weather, and the extreme and even
forbidding plainness of its equipment, a number of the
Committee and a few other biologists have paid periodic
visits to the station, ranging from a few days to several
weeks at a time, and have carried on investigations upon
most of the groups of invertebrate animals found on the
shores of the island. The establishment of this Biological
Station on Puffin Island has not only been a great

* See the accounts in "Nature," for June 7th, ]888, and May 9th, 1889,
and also further on in the present volume.

Vm. L.M.B.C. REPORT II.

convenience to the Committee and a powerful incentive
to work, but it has enabled us to make some series of
continuous observations upon the rich fauna of that
neighbourhood ; for example, upon the Copepoda, and
upon the Nudibranchiata and other moving Mollusca on
the shores.

In the former volume of reports we recorded 913 species;
with the additional species referred to in the present
volume, this number is now brought up to 1456. Of these
additions twenty-one have not been previously recorded in
British seas, and nme (a Sponge, fom^ Copepoda, two Amphi-
poda, a Polyzoon, and an Ascidian) are new to science.

Several reports which it was hoped would have been
incorporated in the present volume have not yet been
completed, and, along with certain morphological investi-
gations which have been commenced upon the Nudi-
branchiata and the Tmiicata and other groups, must stand
over and form part of the subject matter of the next
series of reports; amongst these are the Ostracoda, by
Mr. W. S. McMiUan, F.L.S., some of the Mollusca, by
Mr. A. Leicester, and the Fishes, by Mr. T. J. Moore.

It only remains for me to express my indebtedness and

cordial thanks to my friends and fellow workers who have

taken part wath me in the various dredging expeditions, in

the exploration and colonization of Puffin Island, and in

the preparation of these reports. All our thanks are

especially due to our honorary treasurer, Mr. Isaac C.

Thompson, F.L.S., who has taken a large share in the

trouble and responsibility, and upon whose careful and

judicious management of our slender resources the success

of the Puffin Island establishment in a great measure

depends.

W. A. Herd MAN.

University College,

Liverpool^ June, 1889.

L.JI.B.C. BIOLOGICAL STATION, ON PUFFIN ISLAND.

38

The FOUNDATION and FIRST SEASON'S WOEK
of the LIVERPOOL MARINE BIOLOGICAL
STATION on PUFFIN ISLAND.

By W. A. Herdman, D.Sc, F.L.S., F.R.S.E.,

DERBY PROFESSOR OF NATURAL HISTORY IN UNrVERSITY COLLEGE, LIVERPOOL; CHAIRMAN

OF THE LITERPOOL MARINE BIOLOGY COMMITTEE, AND DIRECTOR OF THE

PUFFIN ISLAND STATION.

[Read, in part, before the Liverpool Biological Society, 12tli Novemher, 1887.]

A FULL and detailed account of the constitution and objects
of the Liverpool Marine Biology Committee having been
published last year, as an Introduction to the first volume
of Reports upon our local Fauna and Flora,* it is unneces-
sary now to do more than state that this committee
was appointed in the spring of 1885, for the purpose of
investigating thoroughly the animals and plants inhabiting
Liverpool Bay.

During the summer of 1885 various expeditions were
organised by the committee for the purpose of collecting
specimens and making observations. Mr. George Holt,
Sir James Poole, and the Liverpool Salvage Association
gave most welcome aid by placing steamboats at the
service of the committee for one or more days. By this
means dredging and trawling expeditions to the neighbour-
hood of Hilbre Island, to Point of Ayr, to Llandudno, and
to the neighbouring coasts of North Wales and Anglesey
were successfully carried out ; while, when steamers were
not available, shore expeditions were made to examine
Hilbre Island and other points in the estuaries of the
Mersey and Dee at low tides.

* First Report on the Fauna of Liverpool Bay and the Neighbouring Seas.
Longmans, 1886.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 39

Hilbre Island is certainly one of the most interesting
spots in the immediate neigbourhood of Liverpool, from a
biological point of view, and has long been w^ell known
among local naturalists on accomit of its comparatively
rich marine famia.* The rocks at the northern end of the
island are covered at and about low water mark by a large
and varied assemblage of invertebrate animals, and form
a particularly favourable locality for certain Hydroid
Zoophytes, Actiniae, Polyzoa, and Nudibranchs. Among
the rare animals which have been found on the shores of
Hilbre Island may be mentioned Garveia 7iutans, a zoo-
phyte first found in this neighbourhood on the 9th May,
1885, on the first L. M. B. C. expedition ; Cijlista undata,
var. Candida, a new variety of sea-anemone, found by Dr.
Ellis on the 11th July, 1885, and described by him in our
First Eeport,+ and the rare Nudibranchs Doris j^f'oxima,
Doris subquadrata, Eolis concinna, Emhletonia pallida,
and Antiopa hyalina.l

The interesting reef-building Aimelid, Sabellaria alveo-
lata, is found in abundance round some parts of the shore
at Hilbre Island, usually near where the sand and rock join.
It sticks the sand grains together to form the tubes in
which it lives, and so produces a porous, crisp, but brittle
rock, which crumbles to a certain extent when walked
upon, but w^hich is constantly being renewed and has its
injuries repaired by the living worms within, and must
therefore have a very considerable effect in protecting the
rocks from the erosive action to which all sea coasts are
exposed.

The masses, hummocks, plateaux, ledges and small

* See Byerley's "Fauna," Proc. Lit. and Tliil. Soc, Liverpool. Appendix
to vol. viii., 1853-5L

t See ''Fauna of Liverpool Bay." Report on tlie Actiniaria, p. 12(3.
X Sec Dr. Collingwood's lists in Ann. and .Mag. Nat. Hist., 1859 — 61.

40 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

reefs of this gregarious rock-building Annelid have a
curious external resemblance — superficial only, as in
structure and mode of formation they are of course utterly
different — to the forms produced by coral masses in
lagoons and amongst coral reefs and islands. It might
be possible by a continuous study, on the spot, of this
Sabellaria at Hilbre to determine what part the various
factors — food, currents, muddy water, presence of sand
and rock, exposure to waves, and the arrangement of the
animals in the mass — take in producing the various shapes
and in promoting or retarding growth.

Another interesting piece of work which could be carried
out at Hilbre, or at Pufdn Island, would be to determine
the various heights above low water mark at which the
different kinds of marine animals and plants are able to
exist. Many of the Zoophytes and other animals living
about half-tide are found to be in a very dry and shrivelled
up condition before the tide reaches them, but they revive
and expand instantly on being placed in water. I have
found the Polyzoon Flustrella hispida, at Hilbre Island,
in a living and healthy condition only about a yard below
high water mark. In such a position the animal must
be exposed to the air during about five -sixths of its
existence, and since its tentacles can only be expanded
when covered with water the entire food supply must be
taken in during the remaining one-sixth, at and about the
time of high tide. The short opportunity of feeding will
therefore only occur twice in each twenty-four hours, and
duiing the long intervals the animal must remain in a
contracted and possibly a somewhat dormant condition.
It would be important to determine the precise nature of
the food of Flustrella hispida at Hilbre, and whether it
varies with different tides, winds and seasons ; and an
interesting series of experiments might be made by some

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 41

one living on the spot as to the greatest amount of periodic
exposure to air which the animal can stand, and also as
to what its habits would be if kept continually immersed
in water.

So many lists of animals from Hilbre Island, and notes
on habits and times of occurrence and other matters have
now been collected, that the committee will soon be
justified in drawing up from these materials a compre-
hensive account of the fauna of this isolated mass of rock
surrounded on all sides by sand banks. This list when made
out will be of considerable scientific interest, for comparison
wdth'the notes on the fauna of the island thirty to forty
years ago, as recorded by Price and Byeiiey, and with
lists which may be drawn up by other naturalists in the
future. There is no doubt that some animals are now
found at Hilbre which were not there formerly, and I fear
some of the rarer Nudibranchs, which the late Mr. Price
discovered, and sent to Alder and Hancock for incor-
poration in their well-known monograph, have now
disappeared from the neighbourhood.

The animals which were collected during 1885 w^ere
preserved and stored in the Zoological Laboratory of
University College, Liverpool, until the end of the summer.
They were then roughly arranged into groups, such as
sponges, zoophytes, sea-anemones, worms, molluscs, &c.,
and sent to those members of the committee and other
natm^alists who had undertaken to work up and report
upon the specimens. This laboratory work went on
during the winter 1885-86, and in the spring of 1886 the
committee published their first volume of Eeports,*
containing twenty -nine articles, written by twenty -one
authors, and illustrated by ten plates and two maps of the
district. These reports record the occurrence of 913

* Fauna of Liverpool Bay, Report I. Longmans, 1386.

42

LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

'o
o

g
'5b

r3

to

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 43

species,! of which at least 235 had not been found before
in this neighbourhood. Sixteen of these species have not
been previously discovered in British seas, and at least
seven species and three varieties are new to science.

Field work was re-commenced in the spring of 1886.
Dredging and other collecting expeditions were organized
and new parts of the district explored. The steamer
" Hyaena" was a second time lent by the Salvage Associa-
tion for three or four days, and a series of dredgings along
the north and west coasts of Anglesey was successfully
carried out. The committee was aided financially by a
small grant of £25 from the Government Grant Committee
of the Royal Society, t This along with other funds
received was employed in hiring steamers and other boats
for expeditions, and in paying fishermen and others for
assistance in collecting specimens.

During this second year's work it became ob\dous to the
committee that in order to advance further in their work,
so as to be able to make more minute explorations, and to
carry on detailed investigations into the habits and life-
histories of the animals, it would be necessary to establish
a small sea-side laboratory or marine biological station at
some suitable spot in the district. Such an institution
would require to have a work-room where, say, four to six
investigators could have light and room to carry on their
researches, and some tanks or aquaria in which animals
could be kept under observation in a li^dng condition. If

* For the use of this woodcut, and of figures 2 and 6, I am indebted to the
courtesy of Messrs. Cassell and Co. The original drawings were made in
illustration of an article "On the Cruise of the Spindrift," by Mr. R. McMillan
of Liverpool, which appeared in Cassell's Family Magazine for May, 1886.

t Since increased to over a thousand species.

X A second grant of the same amount has been received this year (1887),
and employed in a similar manner.

44 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

only used in summer it might be made of wood, like
the Dutch transportable station established in 1876 by
Dr. Hoek, Professor Hubrecht and Dr. Hoffmann, and
which was erected at some spot on the coast in summer,
and taken to pieces and conveyed to Leyden in the w^inter;
or like the marine station set up by Professor Cossar Ewart
at Stonehaven, in 1879, and now at Tarbert on Loch Fyne.
On the other hand, if observations are to be carried on all
the year round, and if investigators are to live even for a
few days at a time in the station, the building would have
to be of a more solid and permanent nature.

At first Hilbre Island was thought by the L. M. B. C.
to be the most suitable locality in the neighbourhood, and
at such a spot a summer wooden station would probably
have been sufficient. But further investigations showed
that on account of the proximity to Liverpool, and of the
constant muddiness of the water at the mouth of the Dee,
Hilbre would not be a very favourable locality ; while some
spot in the centre of a still richer fauna — such as those of
North Wales, Anglesey, or the Isle of Man — and in a part
of the district which could not be investigated in a single
day expedition would be more useful, and would do more
to forward the objects which the committee have in view.

During the^Hysena" expedition of June, 1886, w^hile
dredging in the deep water off the northern end of Puffin
Island, some of the committee were impressed by the
admirable position of the old Dock Board signalling
station, on the seaward end of the island (see fig. 3), as a
centre for investigating the fauna of the Menai Straits and
of the coasts of Anglesey and North Wales. They decided
to examine the island and the condition of the house, with
the ^dew of trjang if possible to convert it into the much
needed biological station.

On finding that the fauna on the shores and around the

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 45

Fig. 2. Dredging in Liverpool Bay — Emptying the dredge on deck.

island was rich, and that the house, though destitute of
doors and windows, was substantial, and could be easily
put in good condition, the committee through one of their
members, Mr. F. Archer, applied to the solicitor of the
Dock Board for permission to convert the Puffin Island
observatory into a biological station ; and after some cor-
respondence learned that the house had not been used by
the Dock Board for over twenty years, and had now lapsed
into the hands of the owner of the island. Sir Richard
Williams Bulkeley of Baron Hill, Beaumaris. Mr. Archer
now applied to Sir E. Bulkeley's agent, Mr. Laurie,
through Mr. R. R. Rathbone, and found that the use of
the building had been promised some years before to the
towns of Bangor, Beaumaris, Conway and Carnarvon, for
the purpose of a cholera hospital, if required. This led to
further correspondence and a delay of some months ; but,

46 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

finally, in the spring of 1887, Mr. Archer was able to
report to the committee that Sir Richard Bulkeley had
kindly consented to let the L. M. B. C. have the use of the
house on Puffin Island, as a biological station, at a nominal
rent. A few members of the committee went down to the
island in March, 1887, in order to examine carefully the
condition of the house, and decide what should be done in
the way of repairs.

Puffin Island, or St. Seiriol's Isle, or Priestholm, as
it is variously called, was then an uninhabited island,
with two more or less ruinous buildings : — an old square
tower with a pyramidal stone roof, near the centre of
the island, and supposed to be the remains of an ecclesi-
astical building dating back to the twelfth century;
and the former Dock Board observatory, a substantial
brick and stone building, erected in 1841, and standing
close to the cliff on the seaward or northern end of
the island (see fig. 3).

Biological Station. Old Tov.er.

Fig. 3. Puffin Island from the Xortli.*

The island is about five-eighths of a mile in length and
300 yards in greatest breadth. It is separated from the

* For the use of this woodcut, and of tigures 4 and 5, I am indebted to the
courtesy of Messrs. Macmillan and Co. The oiiginal drawings were made as
illustrations for my article on Puffin Island, which appeared in "Nature" for
July 21st, 1887.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 47

00

CVJ

lO ,••'

%

CM

CO ,.*•

o

(0

o

i«

2

lO

Ol

52»

C

c

*• ■ ■

J- — -. \

N
fs

in

<*

lO

s

/
1

\
\

%

14

10

(0

2 m

gw

i*»

,''' 1

%

\

M

^ N^

*--' ^^

O V

*»

«**

•^ ^

%^

10

1

%V'» 52 CO

<

S

u

« «

»

» \

N

^ *"**!

o>'

55

CO

^%J\ —

(Vl

*\ X

l^k

>y

^^

\

y

o »... in "— — »

cG

n

in

\

©K

^

%^

^

4

:

J" ,'N to % in
.-' _; -'«

1

"i

I
1
1

in««

-x^ -'-V<

1
1

00 ^*-..''*

CO /^ '"' *v

/'' -'

1

ID ^**»- —

^ -- ^*

O

in

incfl

O ^

.-■

"?s " /■"

1 — '

ID

eo
in

fj::^::

\

f f

O) '*

— o "^^£Z f S

u z

4

I /

o **

? ^^-S

< ^

\

-Y *

» .'''

o

0>

) <^^

S&f) \

o

o

/

— C^^

^*''^\3jr\^fiiSj *""•»

01

O

^ Jt^^'^^

iif

Q. 1

u>

^

/

f

\ w

<

»

,'

/' f^y

(/)

lA

1 ,

''

±^^

UJ

^

^

CO

i /

CO /
CVJ /

1

3

o

z

<

Fig. 4. Chart of the Xeighbourhood of Puffin Island. Scale Tj-^ffjj-g-. Depths in feet.

48 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

nearest point of Anglesey* (Penmon) by a strait nearly
a mile wide, through which the tide runs with considerable
force. There are limestone + cliffs round the greater part
of the shore, and between tide marks the rocks are
considerably broken up and worn, so as to form numerous
shore pools, caves and crevices, in which animals abound.
The littoral area is rather narrow along the sides of the
island, but at the two ends it is of considerable extent.
At the south end especially (see Chart, p. 47) it rmis out to
form a long narrow curved spit, uncovered at low tide, and
formed by fragments of rock, boulders and gravel. The
larger stones are piled upon one another in such a way as
to leave little crevices, nooks, and sheltered pools in which
the most fragile organisms can live and flourish protected
from the force of the waves and the scour of the sand.
This is a rich collecting ground, and many of the rarer
animals which have been found during this last summer
on Puffin Island were obtained under the stones on this
part of the shore.

The former Dock Board observing station was used from
1841 to 1863 for the purpose of watching outgoing and
incoming vessels, and of signalling the news by semaphore
to the next station on the Great Ormes Head. It consists
of a one-storied square house (see fig. 5) of four rooms,
with the chimnej'S in the centre, large lofts above, and a
long observatory running out seawards from the northern
end. There is a narrow flagged yard in front of the door,

* The nearest neighbours to the Bioh^gical Station are the inhabitants of
the Lighthouse on this corner of Anglesey. The committee desire to express
here their thanks to Mr. J. Steer, the head keeper, for the friendly interest he
has taken in their work, and for his kindness in receiving letters and parcels
for the Island and for helping in various other ways.

t For an account of the Geology of the Island, sec a paper by INIr. Gicgory,
F.G.S., of the Biitish Museum, furtlier on in the present volume.

MABINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 49

and a couple of small outhouses. The walls are unusually
thick, and the roofs and floors are in excellent condition.

Fig. 5. Plan of the Biological Station, w, w, windows ; c, chimneys.

The small party of naturalists who \asited the island in
March, 1887, for the purpose of inspecting the house, and
deciding upon the repairs and changes necessary in order
to convert it into a biological station, were most favour-
ably impressed wdth the surroundings in every respect.
Fortmiately, perhaps, for the success of the scheme, the
weather w^as perfect. The sea was calm, and during the row
of seven miles from Bangor several casts of the towMiet
which were taken showed the presence of a large amount
of surface life ; while a few hauls of the dredge* made near
the island proved that the fauna at the bottom was also
abundant, and was interesting in its character. The \aew of
the surrounding land and sea was peculiarly charming. The
bright sparkling spring day, the cloudless sky, the snow-
clad Welsh mountains glistening in the sun, and the calm
blue sea encircling the solitary little island, with its old
grey tower rising from the summit, formed altogether a
picture never to be forgotten, and perhaps contributed not
a little, along with our zoological captures, to the energy

* Fig. 6, on p. 60, shows the dredge.
4

50 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

and unanimity of our determination to report favourably
of Puffin Island, and push on the establishment of the
biological station without further delay. After a rapid
inspection of the island, and a careful examination of the
house, all the necessary plans and measurements were
made, and we retm-ned in our boat to Bangor.

A joiner was kept hard at work during the next three
weeks, in the workshop of the zoological department of
University College, making the necessary doors, windows,
shutters, shelves, tables, and other fittings for the station;
while the committee purchased a few camp beds, ham-
mocks, sailors' mattresses, chairs, kettles and pots, dishes,
and other household necessaries for the equipment of the
station. When all was ready, the Liverpool Salvage Associa-
tion again placed their useful steamer, the "Hyaena," at the
ser\ace of the committee, and a party of about twenty
naturalists, with two workmen and all the fittings and
furnishings, were conveyed on 27th May, 1887, to the
Menai Straits, where they anchored for the night, near
Beaumaris.

On the morning of 28th May, the ''Hyaena " made an early
start, and reached the neighbourhood of Puffin Island about
six a.m. To the great disappointment of the whole party,
a heavy sea was breaking on the rocks, and after a cruise
round the island, in the vain attempt to find a piece of
lee shore, Captain M'Lellan decided that it would not be
safe to land in the boats. The natm-alists being very
unwilling to lose the day, the "Hyaena" was kept in the
neighbourhood of the island for some time, and fortunately
as the tide ebbed sufficient amomits of the "Dutchman"
and "Irishman" sandbanks were exposed to form a break-
water protecting the gi'avel beach at the southern end of
the island from the force of the waves. On this spot, at
nearly low tide, on the very opposite end of the island

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 51

from the house, the tables, chairs, planks, shelves, doors,
shutters, windows, beds, packing cases, barrels, tins of
paint, sixteen large sacks of coals, and innumerable smaller
objects and packages w^ere landed in boat loads, and had to
be carried against a strong wind up one end of the island,
along the top, and down the other end.

This work kept the whole party hard at w^ork till dark ;
w^hile the joiners were engaged in putting in doors and
windows, so as to have at least one room of the house
w^eather tight before night. A large fire was then lit;
camp-beds, hammocks, and shake-downs on reversed tables,
doors, shutters and packing cases were prepared, and the
party encamped for the night. During the two following
days the work went on vigorously, and when, on the
30th May, the committee and their friends returned to
Liverpool, the house was in a habitable condition, and the
shelves and tables were being fixed in their places. The
two joiners wxre left on the island for a couple of weeks,
to complete the fittings, and repair the observatory, which
was to be in future the biological laboratory (see fig. 5,
p. 49). This room is lit by a continuous series of seven
windows, forming a semi-circle round the northern, sea-
ward end ; in these there were over a hundred broken
panes to be replaced.

The committee engaged as keeper of the station one of
the sailors of the " Hyaena," and he was sent down to the
island on 3rd June, in charge of a small boat, which had
been bought for use at the island. He relieved the joiners,
who had then finished their work, but after staying at the
station for two weeks, he resigned his post. The com-
mittee then chose, fi'om a large number of candidates, the
present energetic young keeper, Mr. Alexander Rutherford,
who commenced work at the station on 18th June. During
the rest of the summer, up to the end of September, a lad

•i-2

52 LIVERPOOL BIOLOaiCAL SOCIETY.

was also engaged to assist the keeper in the work ol
looking after the station and boat, and of attending to the
biologists who visited the island.

The biological station w^as now fairly established, and
during the remainder of the summer work of various kinds
was going on steadily. Members of the committee and
other scientific men visited the station for periods varying
from a day or two to a week or two at a time. During
these visits the shores of the island were explored at low
tides, tow-nettings and dredgings w^ere taken in the neigh-
bourhood when practicable, and the animals collected were
examined and classified in the laboratory. At other times
the keeper, when his other duties and the weather per-
mitted, collected specimens by dredging and tow-netting,
and on the shore. These he preserved and labelled with
locality and date, and either stored in the laboratory or
sent to University College, Liverpool, as required.

Shore collecting on Puffin Island on a summer morning,
w^ith a low ebb tide, is most delightful work. The
naturalist explores the deep crevices and pools in the
limestone reefs, lifts up or turns over the smaller of the
detached fragments of rock and creeps under the larger
ones, peering curiously into all the corners and crannies,
and probably oblivious of the pool in which he has placed
his knees and of the stream of drops which is trickling
down the back of his neck. He sees covering the lower
surface of the stones and festooning the rock delicate
sprays of beautifully shaped Zoophytes, elaborately sculp-
tured Polyzoa, and masses of incrusting Sponges with
gorgeous colouring. He sees strange looking masses of
Ascidians, which if incautiously touched suddenly emit
two tiny jets of water, thus vindicating their claim to the
title of " sea-squirts." These and various other marine
animals — especially the sea- anemones and the Kudi-

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 53

branchs — almost defy description ; they must be seen to
be appreciated.

It is proposed to divide the httoral zone of the island
into several regions or sub -zones, and investigate the
Fauna and Flora of each separately, so as to determine
their characteristic animals and sea- weeds, and the relative
capacities the different species possess for withstanding
exposure to air and sunshine. At the northern end of the
island, close to the Biological Station, some of the larger
rock-pools might be easily converted into natural aquaria,
enclosed with wire netting, so as to exclude stones and
sea-weed and prevent the animals placed in the pools from
escaping at high tide. The water in these aquaria would
be renewed at every tide, and the animals would be under
natural conditions and yet could be easily watched, and
caught when necessary for closer examination. Many of
the Zoophytes and Polyzoa seem to adhere in greater
numbers and grow to a larger size on fragments of water-
logged wood from wrecks than on the stones. Such pieces
of wood, as well as other suitable substances, and also
various glass vessels could be readily suspended in these
rock-pool aquaria, and so be available when required
for examination. These and various other methods for
facilitating the study of the shore Fauna we intend to
carry out during the coming summer.

The following biologists have worked at the station
since its establishment in the beginning of June, 1887 : —

Mr. J. A. Clubb, Assistant in the Zool. Lab., Liverpool.

Dr. Ellis, Liverpool.

Mr. Harvey Gibson, Lecturer on Botany, Liverpool.

Mr. Gregory, F.G.S., British Museum, London.

Dr. Hanitsch, Demonstrator of Zoology, Liverpool.

Professor Herdman, Liverpool.

Mr. Leicester, Liverpool.

54 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Mr. Lomas, Liverpool.

Dr. Paul, Liverpool.

Mr. I. C. Thompson, F.L.S., Liverpool.

Mr. A. 0. Walker, F.L.S., Chester.

Various other scientific men have visited the station
without doing any special work, and on the 3rd September
a party of biologists from the Meeting of the British
Association at Manchester — including Professor Fritsch,
Prague ; Prof. Giard, Paris ; Prof. Julin, Liege ; Prof.
Howes, London ; Prof. Parker, Cardiff, and others —
visited the island for a short time, and inspected the
biological station, while on a dredging expedition in the
steamer "Gamecock."

Besides the collecting and identifying of specimens,
work which we have all of us been engaged in more or
less, various pieces of research have been commenced and
are partially or wholly completed. Mr. Lomas has been
investigating the Polyzoa, and has found some rare forms
new to the locality. He has also been working at some
points in the structure of Alcyonidium gelatinosum, a large
fleshy Polyzoon which is very common attached to the
rocks near low water. He has found calcareous spicules
in the outer jelly-like part of the colony, and has also made
observations upon some other points in the minute
structure of this interesting animal (see his papers read
before the Biological and Geological Societies of Liverpool) .

Mr. Leicester has been collecting and examining the
land Mollusca of Puffin Island (see paper read before
the Biological Society), and is also working at the marine
Rotifera.

Mr. Gregory, of the British Museum, besides preparing
a report upon the geology of the island, has been investi-
gating the Annelids (see papers read before the Biological
Society), and will take charge of this group in future.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 55

Dr. Hanitsch has commenced some researches upon the
minute structure of some of the Mollusca.

Mr. Thompson has taken charge of the surface Hfe of
the sea, and has been specially investigating the Copepoda,
a gi'oup of small Crustacea.

These animals and many others, including the larval
stages and other j'Oung forms of vast numbers of animals
which are fixed or live at the bottom of the sea when fully
developed — such as barnacles, crabs, molluscs, annelids,
polyzoa, star-fishes, sea-urchins, and zoophytes — are found
swimming at or near the surface of the sea, and form a
most important part of the marine Fauna. They are
captured by means of the tow-net, a long conical bag of
canvas, silk-gauze or strong muslin, attached to an iron
hoop about a foot in diameter, and tapering to a closed end,
into which a small glass bottle or tube may be inserted if
required. The tow-net is let down over the stern of the
steamer when going slow^, and is dragged along just below
the surface of the water for half an hour or so. It is then
pulled on board and tmiied inside out into a glass vessel of
sea-water, when the minute organisms which have been
captured become detached from the inner surface of the
net and float about in the water, from which they can then
be removed by a fine glass dipping tube and placed in a
watch-glass of sea-w^ater under the microscope.

Generally the contents of the tow-net are very largely
composed of Copepoda, small Medusae or jelly-fishes, and
larval stages in the development of other animals ; but at
certain times Mr. Thompson has noticed* the presence
of an extraordinary number of small spherical gelatinous

* See "Nature," for 23rd July, 1885, under heading "Foul Water."
Mr. Shrubsole has noticed the same condition off Sheerness, and Professor
Mcintosh describes it also as occurring in St. Andrew's Bay (Ann. and Mag.
Nat. Hist., Aug., 1887).

56 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

bodies, which are apparently lowly developed plants, in
the surface w^aters round Puffin Island and at the mouth
of the Dee. Associated with these are found large quan-
tities of Noctiluca, the organism which causes a great deal
of the phosphorescence of the sea round our coasts, but as
a rule when the gelatinous Algae are present very few of
the ordinary surface animals such as Copepoda are found
in the tow-net.

Besides discovering a large number of species of
Copepoda, including various rare forms (see his papers in
Proc. Biol. Soc), Mr. Thompson has found four species
new to British seas, and tw^o others which have not been
found for fifty and thirty years respectively, w^hile the
following three species are new to science : *

1*^ Cyclops puffini, n. sp. (I. C. T.)

This form was first found in a tow-netting by Mr.
Thompson, taken from the steamer " Gamecock," during
the visit of the British Association to Puffin Island, on
3rd September, 1887. It has since been found in tow^-net
gatherings taken by the keeper round the shores of the
island.

2^ Lichomolgus sahellcB, n. sp. (I. C. T.)
This is an exceedingly interesting parasitic species, which
was found by Mr. H. C. Chadwick adhering to the tentacles
of an Annelid, Sabella penicillus, obtained on the shore
near Beaumaris. The posterior antennae of the Copepod
are remarkably modified, and are provided with powerful
hooks by means of which it attaches itself so firmly to the
tentacles of the Annelid, that even after being killed and
preserved in alcohol it is only with difficulty that it can be
removed from its host.

* For detailed descriptions and figures, see Mr. Thompson's paper further
on in this volume.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 57

3*^ Scaphosoma herdmani, n, sp. (I. C. T.)
A very remarkable form, with a long narrow body. It
was first fomid in a tow-net gathering taken off Puffin
Island, on an autmnn night this year, and was at once
recognised as being an interesting new species belonging
to the new genus Scaphosoma, founded by Mr. Thompson,
in a paper on the Copepoda of the Canary Islands, read
before the Linnean Society of London, on 17th November,
1887, for the reception of the new species Scaphosoma
rigidum, which he had found on the surface off Teneriffe.
Curiously enough, another specimen of Scaphosoma herd-
mani has since been found in a tow-net gathering taken
in the Mediterranean, off Malta, b}^ Dr. D. Bruce, and
sent to Mr. Thompson for examination. So that single
specimens belonging to the new genus Scaphosoma have
been found lately in such far distant localities as Puffin
Island, Teneriffe, and Malta.

Some of the more interesting Copepoda found round
Puffin Island have been taken in the night. The distri-
bution of these surface organisms, both according to the
time of the day and season, and also according to the
depth, is still very imperfectly known. There is great
need of some simple yet efficient contrivance by which a
tow-net could be let down closed to a certain depth, then
be opened and used at that depth, and then be closed again
and hauled up, so as to ensure that all its contents were
really obtained from a certain stratum of water. The
"Turbyne" tow-net, devised and used at the Scottish
Marine Station, Granton, seems but a rough and imperfect
form of the desired instrument, and would probably give
only approximately correct results.

In the beginning of October, a meeting of the L. M. B.
Committee was held at University College, to receive a

58 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

report upon the work that had been done during the
summer, and to decide upon future plans. Altogether nearly
J6140 had been received during the summer, in the form of
donations,* and the greater part of this had been expended
in repairing and fitting up the station, and in paying the
wages of the keeper and his assistant. A small steam-
launch, the "Puffin," twenty-six feet in length, had also
been obtained, but as stormy weather had already set in,
it was thought best not to take the little vessel down to
the island till spring. She is now in dock, and it is hoped
that she will be of great service next summer in keeping
up communication from the station with Beaumaris and
Bangor, and for dredging round the island.

One of the most important matters to be settled by the
committee was whether or not the station should be closed
up during the winter. For several reasons it was thought
very desirable to keep it open all the year round — so as to be
able to obtain specimens in various stages of development,
and so that observations could be made upon the winter
as well as the summer fauna of the shores and of the
surface waters of the sea — and as Mr. Rutherford, who
had recently married, offered to carry on his duties as
keeper during the winter without an assistant, the com-
mittee decided it should not be closed, so long as the funds
at their disposal sufficed to pay the working expenses.

Since the beginning of October there have been few
\dsitors at Puffin Island. Although in summer the island
is easily reached from Liverpool by means of the fast
steamers from the landing stage to Beaumaris, in winter it
is rather difficult of access and the journey is long and
troublesome. One has to take train by Chester and North
Wales to Bangor, and then either proceed by coach round
by Menai Bridge to Beaumaris, or walk to Garth Ferry,

* See list, p. 63.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 59

cross the Straits and then walk or drive two miles to
Beaumaris. If the weather is favourable the boat from
Puffin Island can come up to Beaumaris, but when that
cannot be managed a further walk or drive of four miles to
Penmon Point is necessary.

During the gale of 1st November, the flat " Myra," of
Runcorn, was wrecked upon the rocks near the south end
of the island, and our keeper, with the assistance of two
rabbit-catchers, succeeded in lowering a rope to the vessel
and hauling two men up the cliff — a boy was unfortunately
drowned. The men were kept at the station until the gale
was over, and were then taken in the boat to the mainland.

At the beginning of December I visited the island for a
few days, with the object of examining the fauna on the
rocks in winter, and also in order to see that all was going
on well at the station. I found that Mr. and Mrs. Euther-
ford had been working hard to improve the condition of the
house and the laboratory, and were performing their duties
with energy and with an intelligent interest in the work.
When the weather permitted, tow-net gatherings were
taken, sometimes in the daytime and sometimes at night.
These were carefully preserved and labelled, with the
locality, date, and other conditions, and were forwarded to
Mr. Thompson, for examination. The dredge was also
used when possible, and the shores were explored at low
tides. During the late autumn and winter the phos-
phorescence in the sea has sometimes been exceedingly
brilliant. It appears to be always due in this neighbour-
hood to Noctiluca miliaris, which is frequently present on
the surface in great abundance.

This work will be carried on systematically during the
remainder of the winter, and the specimens so collected
will form a most valuable mass of material for detailed
investigation and for comparison with the marine fauna

60 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

found in summer. A good deal of what has been collected
at Puffin Island during the summer, autumn, and early
part of winter, has already been separated into groups and
sent to the various specialists to be worked up.

One or two of our Liverpool naturalists may possibly be
working at Puffin Island during the Christmas vacation,
and several biologists and students have already intimated
their intention of making use of the station during Easter.
About that time the steam-launch will probably be taken
down, and the dredging expeditions of the committee will
be resumed.

From this account of the first season's work at our
biological station it is evident that the institution has
already begun to be of service to science, and may be
confidently expected in the future — if the committee are
properly supported in their efforts — to be a great boon to
students of natural science in this neighbourhood. In
addition to the support which the members of the com-
mittee can give in money, apparatus, and other supplies,
a small fixed income of about J6100 a year will be sufficient
to meet the bare working expenses on the present modest
scale. This might be provided (1) by raising a permanent
endowment ; (2) by a sustentation fmrd for, say, five years ;
or (3) by yearly subscriptions. The committee have not
yet decided upon a definite plan of action for next year,
but in the meantime subscriptions or donations will be
gladly received by the Hon. Treasurer, Mr. Thompson,
19, Waverley Eoad, Liverpool.

Fig. 6. The dredge.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 61

List of Donations.

Mr. George Holt £50

Duke of Westminster 5

Earl of Derby 5

Dr. Drysdale 5

Mr. H. Eees Davies 5

Mr. I. Eoberts, F.G.S 5

Mr. A. O. Walker, F.L.S 5

Sir James Poole (Mayor) 3

Prof. Mitchell Banks 3

Mr. H. W. Gair 3

Mr. Malcolm Guthrie 3

Mr. W. G. Scott 3

Mr. F. Archer 2

Prof. Herdman 2

Mr. T. D. Hornby 2

Mr. C. W. Jones 2

Mr. E. K. Muspratt 2

Mr. W. S. McMillan 2

Mr. W. Eathbone, M.P 2

Mr. T. Eathbone, F.L.S 2

Mr. A. Norman Tate 2

Prof. Campbell Bro^Yn 2

Mr. W. B. Halhed 2

Mr. F. Massey 2

Dr. Bark 1

Mr. Nath. Caine 1

Mr. T. Holder 1

Mr. A. Leicester 1

Mr. T. J. Moore 1

Mr. W. Nicol 1

Mr. I. C. Thompson, F.L.S 1

Dr. Weightman 1

Dr. Caton 1

3

3

3

3

3

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

62 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Eev. H. H. Higgins 10

Mr. E. E. Meade-King 10

Miss Lushington 1

Mr. E. E. Eathbone 10

Mr. D. W. Main 10 6

Mr. H. K. Smith 10 6

Mr. Seth Wrigley 10 6

Dr. Barron 10

Mr. Cedric Boult 10

Mr. A. Fergusson 10

The following pieces of apparatus or furniture have also
been given to the station : —

Stove for laboratory Sir James Poole.

Microscope with three Hartnach objec-
tives, some dissecting instrmnents,

and other laboratory necessaries ... Prof. Herdman.

Dissecting microscope Dr. Weightman.

Tables, chahs and chest of drawers ... Mr. A. Leicester.

Paraffin stove Mr. Harvey Gibson.

Large filter Salvage Association.

L. M. B. S. flag Mrs. Ellis.

Pennington's "British Zoophytes." Mr. J. Lomas.

Fom* large iron fenders Mr. J. Vicars.

Sprit sail for boat Mr. A. Eutherford.

Large screen Mr. I. C. Thompson.

^^>v^ ^-- ^.^

SECOND ANNUAL KEPOBT of^e-^LIVEKPOOL

MAKINE BIOLOGICAL STATION on

PUFFIN ISLAND.

By W. A. Herdman, D.Sc, F.L.S., F.K.S.E.,

DERBY PROFESSOR OF NATURAL HISTORY IN UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, LIVERPOOL; CHAIRMAN
OF THE LIVERPOOL MARINE BIOLOGY COMMITTEE, AND DIRECTOR OF THE STATION.

[Read 9th November, 1888.]

The Beport upoD the foundation and tirst season's work
of the Puftin Island Marine Biological Station which was
read before this society at the corresponding meeting to this
one in last session, brought the account of the affairs of
the station up to December, 1887. Since then the usual
work has been carried on steadily during the past year,
without break and without any very striking feature. The
committee are glad to be able to report that the station
has been largely taken advantage of during some of the
spring and summer months, and that as a result a great
mass of material has been collected, and a good deal of
practical work has been carried on.

The following biologists have visited and worked at the
station since the opening in the end of May, 1887 : —

DATE. NAME. \VUKK.

1887.

Maij. A. O. Walker, F.L.S., Chester Amphipoda and higher

Crustacea.

Dr. Ellis, F.E.S., Liverpool Actiniana.

K.J. Harvey Gibson, M.A., F.R.S.E., Uni-
versity College, Liverpool Algie.

Prof. Herdman, D.Sc, F.L.S., University

College, Liverpool Tunicata and general .

J. Lomas, A. N.S.S., Liverpool Polyzoa.

J. A. Clubb, University College, Liverpool... General.

J. Vicars, Bootle Nudibranchiata.

Prof. Reginald W. Phillips, B.Sc, University

College, Bangor Algie.

2 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

DATE. NAME. AVORK.

1887.

June. Prof. F. T. Paul, University College, Liverpool . General.

L C. Thompson, F.L.S., Liverpool Copepoda and other sur-
face animals.

Prof. Herdmau, Liverpool Tunicata and general.

J. A. Clubb, University College, Liverpool... General.
July. J. Lomas, Liverpool Polyzoa.

Prof. Herdman, Liverpool Tunicata, &c.

R. J. Harvey Gibson, Liverpool Algse.

J. A. Clubb, University College, Liverpool... General.
August. J. W. Gregory, F.G.S., British Museum Annelids, &c,

Pr . R. Hanitscli, University College, Liverpool Mollusca, &c.

Alfred Leicester, Liverpool Mollusca and Rotifera.

J. A. Clubb, University College, Liverpool ... General.
Sexit. J. W. Gregory, F.G.S., British Museum Annelids, &c.

Dr. R. Hanitsch, University College, Liverpool. Mollusca, &c.

Alfred Leicester, Liverpool Mollusca and Rotifera.

L C. Thompson, F.L.S., Liverpool Copepoda, &c.

A. 0. Walker, F.L.S., Chester Amphipoda, &c.

Prof. Herdman, Liverpool Tunicata, &c.

J. A. Clubb, University College, Liverpool... General.

[On September 3rd, a party of biologists, from the
meeting of the British Association at Manchester,
visited the station.]

Dec. R. McMillan, Liverpool General.

Prof Herdman, Liverpool Tunicata, &c.

1888.

March . R. J . Harvey Gibson, Liverpool Algre.

"W. R. Melly, University College, Liverpool... Hydroida.

Prof. R. W. Phillips, Bangor Algte.

W. H. Gardner, University College, Liverpool. General.
Dr. R. Hanitsch, University College, Liverpool. Odontojjhores of Gastro-
poda and general. •

Prof. Herdman, Liverpool Tunicata, &c.

Ajfril. Prof. R. W. Phillips, Bangor, and two students

from University College, Bangor Algse.

AV. R. Melly, University College, Liverpool... Hydroida.
Dr. R. Hanitsch, University College, Liverpool. Odontophores of Gastro-
poda and general.

June. L C. Thompson, F.I-.S., Liverpool Copex^oda, kc.

R. McMillan, Liverpool General.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 3

PATE. NAME. WORK.

18S8.

June. Prof. Herdmnii, Liverpool Tunicata,

Dr. Thomas, Llandudno General.

July. F. Victor Dutton, Chester Algse.

C. Timmins, Runcorn Dredging.

C. Herbert Hurst, Owens College, ]\[anchester. Polyzoa, Nudibranchs,

and general.

Prof. Herdman, Liverpool Tunicata and general.

August. C. Herbert Hurst, Owens College, j\Lanchester. Polyzoa, Nudibranchs,

and general.

S. Nowell, University College, Liverpool General.

J. A. Clubb, University College, Liverpool . . . General.

Prof. Pieginald Phillips, Bangor Algte.

Sept. C. Herbert Hurst, Owens College, Manchester. Polyzoa, Nudibranchs,

and general.

Prof. Herdman, Liverpool Tunicata and general.

A. 0. ^yalker, F.L.S., Chester Amphipoda, kc.

H. Horrocks, Owens College, Manchester ... General.

J. A. Clubb, University College, Liverpool... General.

Prof. Reginald Phillips, Bangor Algpe.

A. T. Allen, Owens College, Manchester General.

There are two important functions which a biological
station like ours may be expected to perform. The first is
to afford opportunity to the younger biologists and students
of the neighbourhood of making themselves acquainted
with marine animals and plants, alive and in their natural
conditions, and of learning how to investigate a fauna, and
how to conduct research work in general. Looked at
from this point of view, although the Puffin Island Station
has been fairly successful during the past year, there is room
for considerable improvement. We have had a few students
from University College, Liverpool, a couple from the
Owens College, Manchester, a couple from the North Wales
College at Bangor, and one from the Grosvenor Museum,
Chester ; but still, during a considerable part of the fine
weather of summer, the best time of the year for work at
such an institution, there was frequently accommodation for

4 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

more workers, and sometimes the laboratory was unoc-
cupied. The committee would be glad to see the station
taken advantage of to the fullest extent by the students of
the neighbouring colleges.*

The second important function of such a biological
station is to procure supplies of specimens of the various
groups of animals required by the specialists who are
engaged in working up the Fauna and Flora of Liverpool
Bay. And it is in this direction that the Puf&n Island
institution has done most service to science. It is a
singular and most encouraging circumstance that on, I
believe, every visit of members of the L.M.B. Committee
to the island their dredging and tow-nettiag operations
have been rewarded by the capture of one or more species
new to the district, and in many cases new to the British
Seas; while several species new to science have been
found during the past year.

Mr. A. 0. Walker, F.L.S., who has charge of the higher
Crustacea of the district, and who is now engaged upon a
report which we shall have before us at a future meeting of
the society, informs me that twenty-two species new to
our fauna have been added in his department, including
one or two new to the British seas, two Amphipods
probably new to science, and three species of Cumacea,
all new to our district.

Mr. I. C. Thompson, F.L.S., reports, in regard to the
Copepoda, that since his last paper (written in November,
1887) in our recently published volume of Proceedings,
the tow-net gatherings made by members of the com-
mittee, or by the curator of the station, Mr. Kutherford,

* Students of anv of the above-mentioned colleges are offered lodging and
the use of the laboratory at the station at the rate of ten shillings per week.
Four simple meals — breakfast, dinner, tea, and supper — are provided by the
curator at about cost price, averaging three shillings a day.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 5

have yielded — two species new to science, one {Pontella
hroyeri) new to British seas, and eight other species new
to the district. Of the two new to science, the one is
a Lernaean, while the other belongs to the interesting
new family of the Cymbasoinatidoe which has been lately
established by Mr. Thompson. The first known species of
Cymhasoma was C. rigidum, fomid at the Canary Islands
in 1887 by Mr. Thompson, and shortly afterw^ards in the
Mediterranean by Dr. Bruce, of Malta. Then a second
species of the same genus, Cymhasoma herdmani, was
described last year by Mr. Thompson from specimens
found round Puffin Island. Since then this species has
been found in large numbers by Mr. Sinel at Jersey, and
by Mr. W. S. McMillan at Torbay. Lastly, a recent
tow-net gathering sent by Mr. Eutherford from Puflin
Island contains a specimen of what must be regarded as
a third species of the genus Cymhasoma. For all of these
discoA'Cries and additions to our fauna we are indebted to
the Pufiin Island Biological Station.

The chief events of the year have been as follows : — The
small steam launch, which was referred to in our last
Report as having been acquired for the station, has,
unfortunately, proved a total failure. It was taken down
to Puffin Island early in the year, but met with a series
of mishaps, such as running on a reef of rock, filling, and
sinking near the lighthouse on Penmon Point, and finally
developed a leak in the fire hole, which would have
rendered extensive repairs necessary. It soon became
evident to the committee that on account of the numerous
reefs and sand-banks around the island, the strong currents,
and the total absence of any shelter along the coast line,
the launch was quite unsuitable for the situation and
beyond the powers of the very limited staff and appliances
at the station. She has now been taken up to Beaumaris,

6 LrVTiJElPOUL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

and the committee are endeavouring to dispose of her,-
with the view of obtaining in her place a small sailing boat.
■ During the gale of last week the station met with a
serious mishap in the total loss of the very useful rowing
boat, which has been in constant service since June, 1887.
The boat was carried away from her anchorage on the
night of 1st November, and was washed ashore in pieces
at Penmo^i Point on the following day. Although the
very limited amount of the funds in the Treasurer's hands
did not warrant any such expenditure, still on an island a
boat is, of course, indispensible, so a new one has been
purchased and sent down to the station.

Turning now to the more scientific part of the year's
record, w^e find that, during Easter, Mr. Harvey Gibson,
Dr. Hanitsch, Mr. W. R. Melly and Professor Herdman
visited the station, and although they w^ere occasionally
driven into the laboratory from the rocks by a biting
north-east wind and showers of sleet, and on one day had
the whole island covered by a layer of snow, still a good
deal of shore and laboratory work was carried on, and one
good day's dredging off the north end of the island (see
chart,* Turbot Hole) was obtained, which jdelded, amongst
other things, twenty-one species of Amphipoda and Isopoda,
of which seven are new to our fauna.

In June, Mr. Thompson, Mr. McMillan and Professor
Herdman visited the station, and collected, amongst other
things, CaUiopius norvegicus, an Amphipod which is new
to the British lists.

At the end of July, Mr. Hurst, of Owens College,
Mr. Dutton, of Chester, and Professor Herdman did a
good deal of collecting, and obtained Calliopius norvegicus
again, an midetermined Lysianassa, and other species

* The chart of Puffin Island and the neighbourhood which accompanies
this report was very kindly drawn tor me by Mr. S. Nowell, Junr.

' '"" -Vi' 'T '■'■ ■ ''4: ---^U,.

MAKINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 7

not yet worked out. Mr. Hurst continued his work at
the station during the greater part of August.

During the very low tides of September, Mr. Walker
joined Mr. Hurst and Professor Herdman at the island,
and a large aroount of material was collected on the long
South Spit and the Beacon Rocks (see chart). On this
occasion a considerable area not usually uncovered at low
tides was exposed, and many magnificent Compound
Ascidians which have not yet been identified were
obtained, along with fourteen species of Amphipoda, five
of which are new to our fauna.

The attempt was made during September, with what
success is not yet known, to introduce at Puffin Island the
large Nudibranch Dendronotus arhor'escens, which is some-
times so abundant at Hilbre Island. The first batch of
specimens was collected at low tide on Hilbre by Mr.
Clubb, and sent down to me at Puffin Island. They were
unpacked at once, but were all apparently dead or dying,
having probably been asphyxiated on the journey. How-
ever, they were immediately placed in pools on the two
sides of the South Spit at low tide, and possibly some of
them may have recovered. A second supply of specimens
from Hilbre was brought down to Puffin on the 22nd
September, by Mr. Clubb, and, as they were carefully
looked after during the journey, they arrived in good
condition, and were set free, along with some of their
spawn, close to the landing place (A, on chart) at the
south end of the island. They have not been seen since,
and Mr. Rutherford reports that he looked for them at
low tides recently without success. Still they may very
possibly have migrated out into deeper water, and will
appear on the shore again later on w^hen spawning.

During the summer the committee commenced a system
of daily observations upon the weather and the teni-

8 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

perature of the sea, to be taken by the curator of the
station and recorded in a series of weekly reports, which
give, in addition, a statement of the work being carried on
from day to day. These reports have been made with
regularity : a specimen week is shown on the opposite page.

It is interesting to be able to record that the American
Clam (Venus mercenaria) specimens of which, it will be
remembered, were laid down nearly twenty years ago,
and then again in 1883, by Mr. F. Archer and Mr. T. J.
Moore,* on several spots in Liverpool Bay, and have not
since been heard of in the neighbourhood, has turned up
this summer living near Beaumaris. Mr. C. H. Chadwick,
of Manchester, found a living specimen, and reports that
dead shells are not uncommon.

On an excursion of the Biological Society last June to
Hilbre Island, while crossing the great stretch of wet
sand which lies in the estuary of the Dee, it was pointed
out by Mr. F. Archer that the surface of the sand
was covered in some places with vast numbers of the
small mollusc Hydrobia ulvce. Some of these were brought
back to the laboratory in their wet sand ; and, on being
put into a dish of sea-water, the molluscs were found next
day to have crawled out of the sand, and I then noticed
that nearly every specimen had several little rounded
excrescences scattered over the surface of its shell. On
examining these under the microscope it was found that
each was a little mass of small sand-grains in the centre
of which was a clear jelly containing several segmenting
ova or young embryos. These were undoubtedly molluscan
eggs, as I kept them alive until one or two had reached a
" veliger " stage, but did they belong to the Hydrobia or
to some other mollusc ? No other mollusc was, however,

* See Mr. Moore's paper in the First Report of the Fauna of Liverpool
Bay, 1886, p. 368.

CO
CO

H

Pi

CZ2

I— I

p:5
O

o

o

o

r4

^

?^ C C5

•^":^-

o >

O o

o

-a

S

Obtained large ni
bers of Compoi
Ascidians near 1
con rocks.

Prof. Henlmaut
several bottles
spccimciiis (clii
Ascidians ) up

o :
o •
a.

3

>

1-^

:

M -(J

5 3

O O

fcJC a .

•

• -. .

— ^^

-^ — <

•netting
Ir. I. C.

;50).

1 '

ith end
onSpit
il dusk

'>

S o

-^ 2

.2

1

2

& 1;

«5
c
o

u

o

5 x*^^ 3

>-:

Beauma
ui'st, and
ores.

k night tow-
' race," for ^'
mipson (No.

X
X

o
o

laneons s

^ ^C o j:

c

-^J t-H -U

'o

'/^

§^'

, O cj O I— h

^

■A ,- -^

i; ^ O

c - 2

X

M

w ^

hifii^ "§

J

— '^t ci

^:.S^

o -^

^

o

SI

fl

fl

cS

eg

cc

s

.• s

. 53

^o

^

-1^ '-^ ?i d

-u X 5^ c;

+i X

,

.— «

c3

;-/2 ^ -^ 3

73 ^ -^ -

2 ■-

zi

'!I^

S

^ O >." r^

:= 5 J^ --H

o

;;_i

-u

f-H -- >►

z; r- ^

— ^ ci

•""*

e:

HH — r* J

— ;^

-<^

K

o <

"^ o <

o

^

1

C. II.
H. H
A. 0.

W.

C. II.

11. II

A. 0.
. W.

dz;

^
->

— ^

C4_<

Cm

<^

u* •' t^' ^

;J ^* ^ O

p

*— •?— I *r— i -T^

K_4 V— ■ .— . J™*

•^-^ 1. i

_M

^"^

<^ ,^ ^ ^

f^f^r^r-l.

f^ ^

<=;

^■^

o

^

o

&h'

^

o

■z "3

O

lO

m

3 2

o

o

o

O

t^

1^

r-I

t^

1^

t^

CO

^ ^

O

o

o

O

in

»-":

lt;

„•

d

^•

-l-<

-M

-fcj

c3

?5

^

^

c5

^

d

OJ

^

^

-tJ

+J

;_

-i->

^

o

3

o

O

O

o

■^

r^

o

c

•r;^

o

o

o

o

s

g

c

53

^

^-1

"^^

f^

zo

:Z

»^

m

fH

4-i

^

^

QJ

Dull

and

cold.

fcp

^

S

OJ

.fcc

.fcC

O

;-H

^

—

p

r^

^

"

^

a;

> 1

SI

s:

-e -i-i F

o

O

X o

o

«

■^

,s g^

o

C3 o

p

o

1

1

^^ ^ ^"^^

■^ _

'Zi -♦-*

+->

— '

S § S P

t: --0

O 'X

^^ r^

O 'be

X

"x

X r^

c3 O

ti- ^

O !:£)

c3

p

cS fcC

!-2^ +2 +2 ji

l^c:

?^c:

yi it:

1-^

•^

r=i ■

GC •

>>

CO -

a?

00 :

(A4

X

■r.

>.
d

S 5

o

o

s

^

^

"r;

-»->

v:

■^ ^

^

^

.V

^

.^

^

t" .::3

— +->

-l->

+->

-4-J

+j

- Oi

o

1— 1

c^

CO

■T^

o

32

I— 1

I— 1

'"'

r-1

' '

^~'

^

10 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

noticed in any abundance in the neighbourhood. Has,
then, the Hydrohia in this locahty acquired the habit of
laying its eggs upon its neighbours' shells as being the
only comparatively stable objects to be found in the fine
shifting sands around it ? A short note on. the subject
published in " Nature " caught the attention of Professor
G. Lindstrom, of Stockholm, who has written to me,
saying : — . . . "I think there cannot be the least
doubt that they [the egg-masses] really belong to that
mollusc [Hydrohia ulvce] . Many years ago I isolated a
number of them to see how they spawned and succeeded
in finding oothecee such as you describe fixed on stones,
on seaweeds, on dead shells, etc., not only on the shells
of Hydrohia.'' He refers me to a paper* in which he had
figured an egg -mass surrounded by sand -grains very
similar to those we found here. Consequently the ex-
planation which I have suggested above may probably
be regarded as correct. It is an interesting instance of
local conditions giving rise to a peculiar habit.

Another case of curious distribution of young molluscs
is to be seen in the myriads of young mussels {Mytilus
edulis), about 1 mm. or less in length, which are some-
times found on Caldy Blacks and some parts of Hilbre
Island in such abundance that all projecting objects such
as shells, zoophytes, seaweeds, &c., are almost blackened
by the adhering masses of molluscs. Very few of these
reach maturity — in fact most of them disappear very soon,
being probably eaten by larger animals. The interesting
point is that the minute free-swimming larvae, derived
probably from the mussel beds on the Leasowe shore, are
ready to settle down in large numbers upon any object
projecting from or more stable than the surrounding

* " Om Gotlands nutida Mollusker," Wisby, 1868.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 11

sands. Would it not be worth while to establish artificial
mussel beds in the neighbourhood of Hilbre Island ?

The Liverpool Salvage Association, with their usual
liberality, placed their famous old steamer, the "Hyaena,"
once more at the service of the committee at Whitsuntide,
for a three days dredging expedition. During the three
former biological cruises of the "Hyaena," in 1885, 1886
and 1887, the region explored has been the southern part
of the L.M. B.C. district around the coasts of North
Wales and Anglesey. (See fig. 1, over page.)

On the present occasion the committee decided to run a
couple of lines of soundings and dredgings between the
Mersey and the Isle of Man, and to spend some time
dredging round the southern end of that island, the
general objects being (1) to get some knowledge of the
depths, bottom, and animals, across the eastern half of the
Irish Sea, and (2) to investigate the rich fauna living
around the " Calf" and south end of the Isle of Man.

About seven a.m. on Saturday morning, 19th May, the
" Hyaena" left the Liverpool Landing Stage with a party
of nearly twenty biologists on board, including Mr. I. C.
Thompson, Mr. W. S. McMillan, Mr. A. Leicester, Mr. J.
Lomas, Mr. A. 0. Walker, Dr. B. Hanitsch, Mr, J. A.
Clubb, Dr. F. C. Larkin, Mr. C. H. Hurst, Mr. Hill, Mr.
E. McMillan, Professor Denny, Mr. Watson, Professor
Miall, Mr. N. Caine, Professor Herdman, and Captain
Young, of the Salvage Association; and provided with
dredges, trawls, tow-nets, sounding line, deep-sea reversing
thermometer,* microscopes, and the other necessary instru-
ments, dishes, bottles and reagents.

After the well-known sand-banks round the mouth of
the Mersey had been passed, soundings and bottom

* This very important instrument was kindly presented to the committee
by Mr. Isaac Roberts, of Maghull.

12

LIVBEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

temperatures were taken occasionally, and several times
during the day a stop was made for trawling, dredging
and tow-netting.

Fig. 1. Map* of the L. M. B. C. district, showing the course of the
"Hyffiua" in the cruises of 1885, 1886, 1887, and 1888. H, Hilbre Island ;
P, Puffin IsLand ; E, Ramsey ; D, Douglas : E, Port Erin ; C, Calf of Man.

A fair amount of material, including Ceratium tripos,
various Copepoda, and some interesting larval forms, was
obtained, and for the most part preserved for further
examination. No greater depth than 23 fathoms, with a
bottom temperature of 47° F., was, however, met with.
There was nothing specially notew^orthy aiuongst the
animals dredged ; and although the shrimp trawl was used,
it was probably very little on the ground owing to the
strong tide running, consequently, with the exception of a

* For the use of this cut, "which appeared in "Nature" for June 7th,
1888, in illustration of my article on the Cruise of the " Hvfena," I am
indebted to the courtesy of Messrs. Macmillau and Co.

MAKINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 13

large colony of Alcijonium digitattcm, and a few Ampliipods,
nothing was obtained.

It had been intended to anchor for the nis^ht in DouHas
Bay, but during the dredging and trawling the vessel had
drifted so far out of her course that when evening came it
was found advisable to run for Ramsey. Here half the
party went on shore for the night, the rest staying on
board for the electric-light experiments, which will be
described further on.

On the following morning an early start for the south
was made, the rest of the party was picked up at
Douglas, and then the work of the day commenced.
The "Hyaena" steamed slowly round the east and
south coasts of the island to Port Erin (see map,
fig. 1, second day), dredging and tow-netting at intervals,
with very good results. When a stop was made for
collecting the fullest advantage was taken of it. The
sounding-line and the deep-sea thermoineter were over
amidships, and two dredges, a large bottom tow-net, and
one or more surface nets were put out astern. The deep
tow-net, devised and worked by Mr. W. S. McMillan, was
so weighted and buoyed as to work steadily at a distance
of a foot or so above the sea-bottom, and it yielded a large
amount of inaterial, which was in some cases conspi-
cuously different from the contents of the surface-nets,
worked by Mr. I. C. Thompson, during the same time.
The latter supplied very large numbers of Anomalocei^a
patersonii, a Copepod which Mr. Thompson reports had
been taken very rarely before, and never since, in our
district. Some of these surface animals apparently exist
in local shoals. This Copepod, although very abundant
along the south-eastern coast of the Isle of Man, was not
present in tow-nettings taken off Puffin Island during the
same day.

14 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

A large area of the sea-bottora between Port Soderick and
Port St. Mary is apparently covered by masses of Melobesia
calcarea, and the numerous dead valves of Pectunculus
ghjcimeris ; and incrusting Polyzoa are especially abundant
both upon the nullipore and the shells. Mr. J. Lomas,
who has charge of the Polyzoa, informs me that amongst a
number of other rare forms he has identified Stomatopora
johnstoni* and S. incrassata,* Tuhulipora lohulata, and
T. flahellaris, Lichenopora hispida, Cellepora dichotoma,
Memhranipora aurita, M. craticula, and M. dumerilii,
Schizopoj^ella unicornis * Hippothoa flag ell mn* Diastopoi'a
suhorbicidaris, and a peculiar variety of Gellaria fistulosa.
Of these, the four species marked with an asterisk are new
to our fauna. A single valve of Pecten viaximus brought
up in the dredge has been found by Mr. Lomas to be
incrusted by colonies of no less than eleven species of
Polyzoa, some of them rare forms; while a dead shell of
Buccinuni undatum similarly affords attachment to nine
distinct species.

Towards evening three very successful hauls of the
dredge were made, which covered practically all the ground
in a line from the southern end of the "Calf" to the
northern side of Port Erin Bay, just under Bradda Head.
Amongst the material obtained in these hauls the fol-
lowing species were noticed : — Asterias glacialis, Solaster
endeca, Stichaster roseus, Porania pulvUlus, Luidia fragil-
lissima, Antedon rosaceus, Stenorhynchus longirostris, S.
phalangium, Inachns dorsettensis, Hyas coarctatiis, Eui'y-
nome aspera, XantJw rivulosa var. tuberculata, Pinnotheres
pisum, Ehalia tiiberosa, Corystes cassivellaunus , Eupagurus
cuanensis, Anapagurus hyjidmanni* A. Icevis, Galathea
intermedia, Munida rondeletii* Caridion gordoni* Pandalus
hrevirostris , P. annulicornis, Virbius varians, Pleuro-

* Those species marked with an asterisk are new to the fauna.

MAKINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 15

hrajiclius ynemhranaceus , Ascidia venosa, A. j^Ze&em,
Gorella parallelogramjna, Polycarpa sp., Leptocliniun sp.,
and other Compound Ascidians.

In Port Erin Bay after dark the electric hght was again
used successfully in the bottom and surface tow-nets.

On the third day an early start was again made, with
the object of leaving time to run down into the deep
water lying to the south of the Isle of Man. Unfor-
tunately, however, a thick fog was encountered, which
hampered our movements during the morning and changed
all the plans for the day. After passing the Chicken
Rock, the "Hyaena" steamed slowly for Liverpool, and
reached the Mersey about one a.m. on Tuesday. A few
hauls of the trawl and dredge were taken on the way
home with no great results, and the tow-nets both bottom
and surface, were worked whenever practicable. It is
noteworthy that although we passed not far south of
where the great quantities of Anomalocera pater sonii had
been captured on the previous day, not a single specimen
of that Copepod was obtained either on the surface or
with the deep tow-net.

The important feature of this cruise, however, was the
use which was made of the electric light for collecting
after dark. On the first night, in Ramsey Bay, after the
shore party had left and the ship was anchored for the
night, an electric light of 1000 candle power was hoisted
a few feet above deck, and this allowed work to be carried
on almost as comfortably as during the day. Captain
Young, of the Liverpool Salvage Association, who was in
command of the " Hyaena," then kindly arranged for us
a 60 candle power Edison-Swan submarine incandescent
lamp in the mouth of a tow-net. This illuminated net
was let down to a depth of three fathoms, and allowed to
remain there for half an hour. At the same time, another

16 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

tow-net without any light was let down to the same depth
over the other side of the ship. When the nets were
being hauled in, as the one with the electric light ap-
proached the surface numerous small animals (Crustacea
probably) were noticed accompanying it, and darting
about in the bright light. This tow-net when emptied
into a glass jar of sea- water was found to contain an
abundant gathering, consisting mainly of Crustaceans ;
while the net in the dark on the other side of the ship
had practically nothing.

The two nets were then put out again. The one had
the electric light in its former position, but this time
it was let down to the bottom at a. depth of six fathoms ;
while the other net was placed in the dark at the ship's
stern, and also reached the bottom. The tow -nets
remained stationary, but were kept distended by the
tide. The outline of the illuminated net could be made
out indistinctly at a depth of six fathoms. After being
out for three-quarters of an hour, both nets were hauled
in, with the same result as before. The illuminated net
contained abundance of Amphipoda {Avipelisca Icevigaia,
and Dexamine vedlomensis) and some Cumacea (young
males of Cuma scorpioides /) , while the dark net again
contained practically nothing.

These two experiments showed pretty conclusively the
effect of the brilliant light in attracting the free-swimming
animals, the difference between the contents of the two
nets being on both occasions most marked. Consequently,
on the second night, in Port Erin Bay, both nets were
illuminated, and while the one was let down close to the
bottom at a depth of fiYe fathoms, the other was kept at
the surface of the sea on the opposite side of the ship.
This experiment was tried three times, with the same
result each time : both the nets were found to contain

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 17

abundance of animals, but the bottom and surface gather-
ings differed greatly in appearance and in constitution.
The net from the bottom contained mainly large Amphi-
poda, and some Cumacea, while the gathering from the
surface was characterised by the abundance of Copepoda.

Mr. A. 0. Walker has supplied me with the following
list of Crustacea from the bottom net.

Cumacea : — Ipliinoe trispinosa* Cuma scorpu ides, and
Fseudocuma cercaria (many).*

Amphipoda : — Anonyx sp.,* Monoculodes grubei* Ponto-
crates norcegicus, PJwxus JwlboUi, Metopa sp., Dexamine
vedlomensis, Bathyporeia pilosa, and a remarkable un-
described species provisionally named by Dr. Norman as
Megalonoura agilis.

At first sight it seemed that the Amphipods from the
illuminated deep nets were all red-eyed species, such as
Ampelisca laevigata and Bathyporeia p)ilosa, and this
suggested that possibly there might be a relation between
the colour of the eyes and sensitiveness to the electric
light. A detailed examination of the material has shown,
however, that this will not hold good strictly as, although
the red-eyed specimens are the most abundant and con-
spicuous, still others are present.

Mr. Walker points out that all the Cumacea taken both
at Ramsey Bay and Port Erin were males, and that the
probable reason is that the males of all the three species
represented are provided with pleopoda (or swimming legs),
while the females are not, and that consequently the
males are no doubt more active swimmers, and therefore
more likely to rise from the sea-bottom where they live.

Mr. Thompson has identified the following species of
Copepoda from the illuminated surface nets : — Galanus
finmarchicus. Pscudocalamis elongatus, Bias longiremis,

* New to fauna.

18 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Idya furcata, Centropages lianiatus, Anomalocera pater-
sonii, Isias clavipes, Oithona spinifrons, Harpacticus
cJielifer and Harpacticus fulvus. The specimens of the
last two species are remarkable for their unusualty large
size and their abmidance. It has been suggested that as
the Harpacticidae are well known to be foul feeders and to
act the part of scavengers in clearing away decaying
matters from our shores, they may have possibly been
attracted in numbers to the tow-net by mistaking the
electric light for the phosphorescent glow of decomposing
animal matters.

Apart from the considerable number of rare species
added to our lists by this expedition, the " Hyaena " cruise
of May, 1888, will stand out as a notable occasion on
account of the successful application of the electric light
to marine biology, as a bait or attraction in the tow-net
worked after dark. The obvious extension of this
illumination method to deep-water tow^-netting and trawl-
ing during the day-time we hope, thanks to the kindness
of the Salvage Association, to be able to experiment upon
in a future expedition.

The committee have decided that so much new material
has been collected during this last year, and so many supple-
mentary reports have either been prepared or are now in
course of preparation, that they are justified in proposing
to issue the second volume of the Fauna of Liverpool
Bay during the present winter. Mr. S. Nowell, who
gained some familiarity with the fauna at Puffin Island
during August, is at present occupied, along with some
other gentlemen, in the zoological laboratory of the
college, in examining the various store bottles from
Puffin Island and elsewhere, recording their contents,
and sorting out the various groups of animals to be sent
to specialists for further examination. When these

MAEINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 19

specimens have been investigated the final reports for the
proposed volume will be collected and published.

This second volume of the " Fauna" will contain sup-
plementary reports by Mr. Thompson, Mr. Walker, Mr.
Lomas, and others upon the groups they discussed in the
former volume, and also a report upon the Fishes of
the district by Mr. Moore, on the Diatomacese by Dr.
Stolterfoth, on the other Algae by Mr. Harvey Gibson
and by Prof. Phillips, on the Ostracoda by Mr. W. S.
McMillan, on the Echinodermata by Mr. Chadwick, on
the Sponges by Dr. Hanitsch, and on various smaller
groups by other authors.

The appended list of subscriptions and donations for
the year, and the treasurer's balance sheet, show that
although the Puffin Island institution is managed in a
very economical manner, increased support will be
necessary in order to keep the station in an efficient
condition even on the present modest scale. In last
year's report it was stated that a fixed income of £100
would be required to meet the necessary expenses. Our
subscription list for the year falls short of that amount,
and even with the strictest economy the expenditure has
exceeded the income. The biological station is so useful,
has shown such good results during its short existence
and is so modest in its demands upon the general public,
that the committee believe that they need only point out
this unsatisfactory state of the finances in order to elicit
a somewhat increased measure of support from those who
are interested in the biological investigation of Liverpool
Bay.

20

LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Applications to he allotved to tvork at the Biological
Station, or for Specimens (living or p)reservecl) for Museums,
Laboratory Worh, and Aquaria, sJiould be addressed to
Professor Herdman, University College, Liverpool.

Subscriptions and Donations should be sent to Mr
I. C. Thompso7i, F.L.S., 19, Waverley Boad, Liverpool.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 21

SUBSCRIPTIONS AND DONATIONS.

Subscriptions. Donations.

£ s. d. £ s. d.

Bangor University College Students — 5

Banks, Prof. W. Mitchell, 28, Rodney-st. 2 2 —

Bickersteth, Dr., 2, Rodney-street 2 2 —

Brown, Prof. J. Campbell, University

College, Liverpool 110 —

Burton, James H., Fryars, Beaumaris ... 2 2 —

Caine, Nath., 10, Orange-court, Castle-st. 110 —

Caton, Dr., 31, Rodney-street 1 1 —

Davidson, Dr., 2, Gambier-terrace 1 1 —

Denny, Prof. , Firth College, Sheffield 1 —

Derby, Earl of, Knowsley — 5

Drysdale, Dr., 36a, Rodney-street 1 1 —

Dutton, F. Victor, 9, Eaton-road, Chester — 10

Earle, Rev. W, Bilton Grange, Rugby ... 1 1 —

Glynn, Dr., 62, Rodney-street 1 1 —

Gair, H. W., Smithdown-road, Wavertree 110 110

Gamble, Col. David, Windlehurst, St.

Helens 2 —

Gaskell, Holbrook, J. P., Woolton Wood,

Much Woolton 110 —

Gifford, J., Whitehouse-terrace, Edinburgh — 10

Gutridge, H., 102, Hartington-road 10 —

Henderson, W. G., Liverpool Union Bank 110 —

Herdman, Prof., Univ. College, Liverpool 2 2 —

Higgin,' Thos., Ethersall, Roby 1 1 —

Higgins, Rev. H. H., 29, Falkner-square 10 —

Holder, Thos., 1, Clarendon Buildings,

Tithebarn-street 2 2 —

Hornby, T. D., Olive Mount, ^Yavertree... 110 —

Hurst, C. H., Owens College, Manchester — 3 3

Jones, Chas. W., Field House, Wavertree 5 —

Leicester, Alfred, 21, Aughton-rd., Birkdale 110 —

McMillan, W. S., 17, Temple-street 2 2 —

McMillan, R., 20, Aubrev-street — 12

22 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Subscriptions. Donatious.

£ s. d. £ s. d.

Meade-King, E. E., 4, Oldhall-street 10 —

Meade-King, H. W., Sandfield Park,

West Derby 10 —

Melly, George, 90, Chatham-street 10 3

Melly, W. E., 90, Chatham-street 10 —

Miall, Prof., Yorkshire College, Leeds 110 —

Nicol, W., St. Michael's Momit, St.

Michael's 110 ~

Oakshott, T. W., Mayor of Liverpool 1 1 —

Phillips, Prof. E. W., Univ. College, Bangor 110 —

Poole, Sir James, Tower Buildings 2 2 —

Eathbone, E. E., Beechwood House,

Grassendale 1 1 —

Eathbone, Theo., Backwood, Neston 2 2 —

Eathbone, W., M.P., Greenbank, Allerton 2 2 —

Eoberts, Isaac, Kenessee, Maghull 1 —

Scott, W. G., 26, Dingle-lane 110 —

Shepheard, T., Kingsley Lodge, Chester... 110 —

Swainson, Geo., North Drive, St. Anne's-

on-the-Sea 1 1 —

Tate, A. Norman, 9, Hackins-hey 2 2 —

Thompson, Eev. J. C, Brondesbury Park,

London — 10

Thompson, Isaac C, Woodstock, Waverley-

road 2 2

Thornely, James, Baycliff, Woolton-hill ... 11 - —

Thornely, The Misses, Baycliff, Woolton. — 10

Toll, J. M., 340, Walton Breck-road 1 ' —

Walker, Alfred 0., J. P., Chester 5 —

Walker, A. 0., Anon, per, Chester — 12 6

Walker, Horace, South Lodge, Princes Pk. 110 —

Watson, A. T., Tapton-crescent, Sheffield 110 —

Westminster, Duke of, Eaton Hall 5 —

Weekes, Mrs,, 18, The Avenue, Brondes-
bury, London — 10

£73 17 £17 3 6

1^

H
H

o

A^

^

, -! O

CO

H

o
o
o

<

^ ^

w

^ o c:> <o r-1

• ^ i^ Cti I-H

"^ rH r-H

C+^ 00 CO 1-,. (M

oo ^-

o

m

c3

fi

cS

?^

-M

aT

H

M

^

o

o

CO

• ^ [/:

rZi

I— (

o
I— I

.rr o

s '^

ce 2

r^ 5

cc G ?:

^OCOOtjicOt'CMOCOO

• lOi— lOCOOCOOOOl^

-^ r-H I— I ,— I ,-< ,_(

<;Jt^i-lC0«0(MOC000C0O
vTw I— I

o

o

03

.i^

o .5

P-i -H

CO Jx

O

1 ^

o
H

•=<;

S .2

P^ CO

c^ p^ t^; o o

cS •r'

c6

O

I— I

O

o

O

p5
O

O

o

<

CO

H

CO

o

t-H

Q
<1

;2

00

oo

EEPOET on the MAKINE DIATOMACE^ of the
L.M.B.C. DISTKICT.

By Dk. H. Stolterfoth, M.A.
[Read 8th February, 1889.]

In the present condition of our knowledge of the Dia-
tom aceae, it is impossible to give a scientific arrangement
of the genera and species. All the attempts that have
hitherto been made are based on artificial systems, that
must some day be superseded, and so I have thought it best
in this catalogue, which I have prepared for the Liverpool
Marine Biology Committee, to do what most of the recent
writers on the subject have done, viz. place the genera and
species in alphabetical order. This makes the list easy to
consult, and in no way precludes its being used by those
who adopt an artificial system of reference. One of the
best of the artificial systems is that proposed by Professor
H. L. Smith, and which will be found in Dr. Van Heurck's
" Synopsis of the Diatomacese," p. 37 of the text.

The great difiiculty that surrounds the study of the
Diatomacese, is that so many writers seem to look upon it
as necessary to give new names to even the commonest
species, and the transference of well known forms from
one genus to another, adds not a little to the complication.
Different localities and conditions give rise to variations,
which in many cases have been made to constitute new
species. I have endeavoured to avoid this, and I hope that
the following list will be of some use to those who are
working at this subject. Very few lists of the Diatomaceae
of particular districts in this country have been published.
They are as follows —

1. " New Forms of Marine Diatomaceae of the Firth of

2 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Clyde and Loch Fyne," by William Gregory, M.D. Trans-
actions of Eoyal Society, Edinburgh, 1857.

2. Mr. Comber's "List of Diatomacese Fomid in the
Neighbom^hood of Liverpool." Transactions of Historic
Society of Lancashire and Cheshire, vol. xi., 1859.

3. '' The Diatomaceae of Hull," by Mr. George Norman.
Published by himself, 1865. This is a most admirable list,
and little has been added to it up to the present day.

4. ''List of Diatomaceae Found in the Neighbourhood of
Chester," by Dr. H. Stolterfoth, M.A. PubHshed in the
Proceedings of the Chester Society of Natural Science, 1874.

In the following list I shall confine myself to those forms
of Diatomaceae that are found in salt and brackish water
affected by the tide. Mr. Comber's list, referred to above,
contains 137 salt and brackish water species; to these
I have been able to add 47, making 184 species in all.
A large portion of my gatherings have been made in the
estuary of the Dee, but they also extend along the coast of
North Wales, and I have made a few gatherings in the
Isle of Man. I have no surface gatherings of more than a
few miles from the shore, and it is here that my list will,
perhaps, be most deficient. I have examined many
gatherings from the Bristol Channel, estuary of the
Thames, the coast of Devonshire, and Northumberland,
Tay in Scotland, &c. The general character of the forms
found on the east and west side of England are much the
same, but the frequency with which they recur varies
considerably, and certain forms may be said to mark
particular localities. This is what would be expected in
an examination of this lowly order of the Flora.

For the growth of the Diatomaceae heat and sunlight
are essential, and on these factors depends the development
of the siliceous skeleton, which is the characteristic of this
order. As might have been expected in most specimens

MAKINE DIATOMACE.E OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTEICT. 3

found in this neighbourhood the siHceous skeleton is but
poorly developed.

No department of Botany has been more fully illustrated
than the Diatoms. A very good Bibliography is found in
Dr. Van Heurck's " Synopsis," ch. iii., p. 43, and it is
hardly necessary in the list that follows to give more than
the authority upon which the names of genera and species
rest. I have not considered it necessary to give the
authorities in full, as the abbreviations are well known to
those who study the subject.

The localities mentioned in the list are those in which
the form was first observed.

Very rare means that only a very few forms have

been seeD.
Bare, that the form has only been seen in a very few

gatherings, but may have been abundant in them.
Common, that the form has appeared in many

gatherings.
Very common, that the form is present in most of the

gatherings and is abundant.

List.

Achnantlies (Bory, 1822) hrevipes, kg. Surface of Dee,
common.

A. longipes, Ag. Hoylake, common.
A. suhsessilis, Ehr. Ince Marsh, rare.

Actinocyclus (Ehr.) crassiis, W. Sm. Surface of Dee, rare.
A. ralfsii, W. Sm. Parkgate, rare.

Actinoptychns (Ehr.) splendens (Shad), Ealfs. Surface of
Dee, rare.

A. undulatus, Ehr. Queen's Ferry, very common.

Amphiprora (Kutz.) alata, Kutz. Mostyn, very common.
A. paludosa, Greg. Mostyn, common.

4 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

A.plicata, Greg. Rhyl, rare.
A. pusilla, Greg. Bangor, rare.
A. vitrea, Greg. Hoylake, rare.

Ampliora (Ehr.) affinis, Kutz. Queen's Ferry, common.
A. binodis, Greg. Ince Marsh, rare.
A. liyalina, Kutz. Mostyn, very common.
A. commutata, Grun. Burton Marsh, rare.
A. coviplexa, Greg. Mostyn, rare.
A. Icevis, Greg. Ince Marsh, rare.
A. litoralis, Dn. Rhyl, rare.
A. memhranacea, W. Sm. Holywell, rare.
A . minutissima , Gray. Helsby Marsh, rare.
A. salina, W. Sm. Connah's Quay, common.
A. spectahilis, Greg. Mostyn, rare.
A. ventricosa, Greg. Ince Marsh, rare.

Aster ionella (Hassal) hleakleyii, W. Sm. Surface of the
Dee, common.

A. ralfsii, W. Sm. Surface of the Dee, rare.

These forms are often very abundant in the summer.

A. hleahleyii grows in long continuous filaments like a
corkscrew.*

Atlieya (West) decora, West. Surface of the Dee, very
rare. This form was described by Mr. West in the Trans.
Micro. Soc, vol. viii., 1860, and I do not know of its having
been seen by any one since. I found it on the Dee in 1874
for the first time, and have seen it two or three times since
in surface gatherings.

Bacteriastrum (Lauder) varians, Lauder. Surface of
Dee, common.

Berkley a (Grev.) ohtusa, Grev. Puddington Marsh, rare.

* Vide Trans, of Micro. Soc, vol. viii., 1860, Mr. West's paper

MAEINE DIATOMACE^ OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTEICT. 5

Biddulphia (Gray) aiirita, Breb. Connah's Quay, common.
B. bailey i, W. Sm. Surface of Dee, very common.
B. granulata, Boper. Surface of Dee, rare.
B, obtusa, Kutz. Connah's Quay, rare.
B. radiatus, Greg. Parkgate, rare.
B. rhombus, W. Sm. Parkgate, common.
B. sicborbicidaris, Grun. Surface of Dee, rare.

B. turgida, W. Sm. Parkgate, rare.

The form B. aurita is not so common on this coast as
about the Thames and south coast, where it is found
abundantly associated with Actinoptychiis spleiidens and
Eupodiscus argus.

Campy lodiscus (Ehr.) bicostatus, W. Sm. Mostyn, rare.

C. cribrosus, W. Sm. Mostyn, rare.

Cestodiscus {Gyqy.) johnsonianum, Greg. Mostyn, rare.

Choetoceros (Ehr.) armatum, West. Surface of Dee, rare.
C. boreale, Bail. Connah's Quay, rare.
C. paradoxiim, Cleve. Surface of Dee.
C. zvighamii, Brightw. Surface of Dee, rare.

Cocconeis (Ehr.) scutellum, Ehr. Hilbre Island, common.
G. britannica, Naegeli. Isle of Man, common.
G. eccentrica, Dn. New Brighton sands. Comber.

Goscinodiscus (Ehr.) asteromphalus, Grun. Surface of
Dee, common.

G. concinnus, W. Sm. Parkgate, common.
G. eccentricus, Ehr. Parkgate, common.
G. fimbriatus, Ehr. Surface of Dee, rare.
G. obscurus, Schmidt. Surface of Dee, rare.
G. radiatus, Ehr. Connah's Quay, rare.

Gyynbella (Ag.) scotica, W. Sm. Mostyn, rare.
Dickeia (Berk.) ulvoides, Berk. Colwyn Bay, rare.

6 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Dimeregranwia (Ealfs) nmium, Greg. Surface of Dee,
rare.

Epithemia (Kutz) constricta, Greg. Mostyn, common.
E. gibba, Kutz. Helsby Marsh, common.
E. turgida, W. Sm. Frodsham Marsh, very common.
This genus seems to flourish equally well in fresh and
brackish water, but is not found in the open tidal water of
the Dee.

Eucampia (Ehr.) zodiacus, Ehr. Surface of Dee and
Mersey, common.

E. striata, Stolt. Surface of Dee, rare.

This last form was described in the Journal of the Royal
Microscopical Society by me in 1879. It has been placed
by Mons. H. Peragello in his "Diatomies de la Baii de
Villefranche," 1888, m the genus Bliizosolenia , because it
has a terminal spine, which I have figured in my paper.
I am doubtful if Mons. Peragello has ever seen my figure.
This is the first notice I have seen of the form described in
Europe. In Castracane's "Challenger Diatoms" a single
valve is figured, but not named. I still think that from
the mode of growth this form is allied to Eucampia, or
perhaps to Hemiaulus.

Eupodisciis (Ehr.) argus, Ehr. Connah's Quay, doubtful.
This form is abundant in the estuary of the Thames, Kiel
harbour, &c., but on the west side of England it is hardly
known.

GoinpJio7iema (Ag.) marinum, W. Sm. Wepre Brook, rare.

Grammatop)hora (Ehr.) marina, Kutz. Colwyn Bay, rare.
G. serpentaria, Kutz. New Brighton, in Comber's list.

Hantzschia (Grun.) virgata, Grun. Colwyn Bay, very
rare.

MAEINE DIATOMACE^ OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 7

Hyalodiscus (Ehr.) steUigis, Bail. Surface of Dee, rare.
H. scoticus, Grun. Mostyn, comraon.

Lic7?iophora (Ag.) gracilis, Grun. Mostyn, rare.
L. anglica, Grun. Rhyl, rare.
L. dalmatica, Kutz. Dingle Bay, Comber's list.

Lauderia (Cleve.) delicatula, Peragello. Surface of Dee,
rare. This form I found with Eucampia striata, in 1879,
and thought it a stage of growth of that form, but I think
Peragello is right in placing it in the genus Lauderia.

Mastogloia (Theo.) lanceolata, Th. Puddington Marsh,
rare.

M. smithii, Th. Mostyn, common.

Melosira (Ag.) horreri, Grev. Bhyl, rare.

M. nummuloides, Bory. Helsby Marsh, common.
M. sulcata, Ehr. Surface of Dee, rare.
M. westii, W. Sm. Connah's Quay, rare.

Navicula (Dn.) abriipta, Greg. Surface of Dee, very rare.
N. oestiva, Dn. Colwyn Bay, rare.
N. affinis, Ehr. Helsby Marsh, rare.
N. aspera, Ehr. Colwyn Bay, common.
N. hoeckii, Herberg, Burton Marsh, rare.
N. homhus, Ehr. Mostyn, common.
N. carassius, Ehr. Mostyn, rare.
N. clepsydra, Ehr. Colwyn Bay, rare.
N. crahro, Ehr. Connah's Quay, common.
N. cypri7ius, Ehr. Mostyn, rare.
N. didyma, Ehr. Bagilt, rare.
N. distans, W. Sm. Helsby Marsh, rare.
N.fortis, Greg. Mostyn, rare.
N. fusca, Greg. Mostyn, rare.
N. fusiformis, Grun. Mostyn, very rare.
^. granulata, Breb. Bhyl, rare.

8 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

N. mterrupta, Kutz. Mostyn, common.

N. joliJisonii, Greg. Colwyn Bay, rare.

N. litoralis, Dn. Colwyn Bay, rare.

N. lyra, Ehr. Surface of Dee, very rare.

N. 7narina, Greg. Colwyn Bay, common.

N. 7iorthu7nbrica, Dn. Colwyn Bay, rare.

N. Jiumerosa, Dn. Hoylake, rare.

N. palpebralis, Breb. Connab's Quay, common.

N. peregrina, Dn. Mostyn, common.

N. pusilla, W. Sm. Connab's Quay, common.

N. pygmcea, Kutz. Mostyn, common.

N. rectangulata, Greg. Colwyn Bay, very rare.

N. rostrata, Ebr. Mostyn, very rare.

N. semiplena, Greg. Connab's Quay, rare.

N. suborbicularis , Greg. Mostyn, very rare.

N. subsalina, Dn. Helsby Marsb, common.

N. venata, Kutz. Cbester cop, common.

N. tvestii, Greg. Queen's Ferry, common.

Nitzschia (Hassal) bilobata, W. Sm. Queen's Ferry, rare.
N. birostrata, W. Sm. Mostyn, rare.
N. closterium, W. Sm. Ince Marsb, very rare.
N. distans, Greg. Colwyn Bay, rare.
N. granulata, W. Sm. Mostyn, rare.
N. lanceolata, W. Sm. Mostyn, rare.
N. notabilis, Grun. Surface of Dee, rare.
N. obtiisa, "W. Sm. Helsby Marsb, rare.
N. panduriformis J Greg. Surface of Dee, rare.
N. paradoxa (BaciUaria paradoxa), Gmel. Surface

of Dee, common.
N. plana, W. Sm. Ince Marsb, very rare.
N. punctata, Grun. Mostyn, rare.
N. reversa, W. Sm. Helsby Marsb, rare.
N. sigina, W. Sm. Mostj^n, very common.
N, scalaris, W. Sm. Holywell, rare.

MARINE DIATOMACE^ OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 9

N. tcenia, W. 8m. Connah's Quay, very common.
N. tnjhlionella, Hantz. Helsby Marsh, common.

Plagiograuima (Grev.) gregorianuni, Grev. Surface of
Dee, rare.

P. van-heiirckii, Grun. Surface of Dee, rare.

Pleurosigma (W. Sm.) cestuarii, W. Sm. Surface of Dee,
common.

P. angulatiun, W. Sm. Mostyn, very common.

P. balticiim, W. Sm. Connah's Quay, very common.

P. delicatulum, W. Sm. Mostyn, common.

P. distortu77i, W.Sm. Connah's Quay, common.

P. elongatum, W. Sm. Mostyn, common.

P. fasciola, W. Sm. Mostyn, very common.

P. formosum, W. Sm. Bangor, rare.

P. hippocampits , W. Sm. Connah's Quay, very
common.

P. Utorale, W. Sm. Mostyn, rare.

P. inarinum, W. Sm. Ehyl, rare.

P. prolongatum, W. Sm. Mostyn, common.

P. obscurum, W. Sm. Connah's Quay, rare.

P. scalpriim, W. Sm. Queen's Ferry, rare.

P. strigilis, W. Sm. Bangor, rare.

P. strigosuin, W. Sm. Mostyn, rare.

P. tenuissimum, Greg. Colwyn Bay, rare.

P. transversale, Roper. Surface of Dee, rare.
Most of the British forms of Pleurosigma have been
found in this district. Mostyn and Connah's Quay may
be noted as particularly rich in this genus.

Bhabdonema (Kutz.) arcuatum, Kutz. Holywell, rare.
B. 77imutum, Kutz. Hilbre Island, rare.

Bhaphoneis (Ehr.) amphiceros, Ehr. Connah's Quay,
common. Many varieties of this form are found in the
district.

10 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Bhizosolenia (Ehr.) imhricata, Brightw. Surface of Dee,
rare.

B. setigera, Brightw. Connah's Quay, rare.
B. styliformis, Brightw. Connah's Quay, rare.
B. wigha77iii, Brightw\ Surface of Dee, rare.

Schizonema (Agardh.) criicigera, W. Sni. Helsby Marsh,
common.

S. eximium, Th. Mostyn, rare.

S. helmintosum, Greg. Helsby Marsh, rare.

S. vulgare, Th. Helsby Marsh, common.

Scoliopleura (Grun.) latistriata, Breb. Mostyn, common.
S. tumida, Breb. MostjTLi, common.

Skeletonema (Grev.) costatum, Grun. Surface of Dee, rare.

Stauroneis (Ehr.) acuta, W. Sm. Queen's Eerry, very rare.
S. salina, W. Sm. Connah's Quay, rare.
S. linearis, W. Sm. Helsby Marsh, common.

Stephanopyxis (Ehr.) turris, Grev. Surface of Dee, rare.

Striatella (Kutz.) imipunctata, Ag. Helsby Marsh, very
rare. It was a long time before I found this form, which
is so common on the south coast.

Surirella (Turp.) constricta, W. Sm. Burton Marsh, rare.
S. crumena, Breb. Helsby Marsh, rare.
S. gemma, Ehr. Mostyn, very common.
S. fastuosa, Ehr. Mostyn, rare.
S. salina, W. Sm. Kailway bridge, very common.
S. spleiidida, Kutz. Helsby Marsh, rare.
S, striatula, Turp. Mostyn, very common.

Synedra (Ehr.) affinis, Kutz. Hilbre Island, very
common.

S. affinis, var. arcus, Kutz. Helsby Marsh, very

common.
S. fidgens, W. Sm. Isle of Man, common.

MAEINE DIATOMACE^ OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTEICT. 11

>S'. gaUionii, Ehr. Isle of Man, rare.

S. obhisa, W. Sm. Helsby Marsh, common.

S. pulchella, var. acicidaris, Kutz. Mostyn, common.

Toxonidia (Dn.) gregoriana, Dn. Connah's Quay, rare.
T. iiisignis, Dn. Surface of Dee, rare.

Triceratium, (Ehr.) hrightwellii, West. Surface of Dee,
rare.

T. favus, Ehr. Connah's Quay, very rare.
T. striolatus, Ehr. Surface of Dee, rare.
T. favus, which is so common in the estuary of the
Thames, is a very rare form in this district, and not
common on the west side of England.

V-

KEPOET on the MAKINE ALG^ of the L.M.B.C.

DISTKICT.

By R. J. Harvey Gibson, M.A., F.R.S.E., F.L.S.,

LECTURER ON BOTANY IN UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, LIVERPOOL.

[Read 8th March, 1889.]

In the First Report of the Liverpool Marine Biological
Committee* a brief catalogue is given by Mr. A. Leicester
of species of marine Algae collected during the various
expeditions undertaken by the committee. As stated by
Mr. Leicester, '*no particular search v^as made for Algae,
the primary object of the expeditions being to collect
animals." Mr. Leicester notes the occurrence of twelve
species of Phseophyceae, fifteen species of Ehodophyceee,
and one species of Chlorophycese.

It has been thought desirable by the committee that the
Second Report should include a more detailed and complete
list of the marine Algae of the district mapped out as the
field of the committee's work. Although I have not as yet
had many opportunities of investigating the Algae of that
district with anything approaching thoroughness, I feel
that the occasion of the publication of the Second Report
should not be allowed to slip past without incorporating in
that volume a synopsis of the work already done in this
department of Botany, together with a record of the
additions to the list of the marine Flora which have been
made during the past year. From the little I have been
able to accomplish in that line, I feel convinced that the
marine Algae form a field for investigation scarcely the
borders of which have as yet been explored. I think this

* The First Report upon the Fauna of Liverpool Bay and the Neighbouring
Seas. Liverpool, 1886, p. 312.

3

2 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

is especially true of the minute parasitic forms among the
Khodophyceae. I trust that ere the time arrives for the
publication of the Third L.M.B.C. Eeport I may be able
to justify that remark, and to largely increase the list
which at present represents our knowledge on the subject.

Since the establishment of the Biological Station on
Puffin Island, Anglesey, the opportunities of satisfactorily
dealing with the many and interesting problems connected
with the structure, distribution, and life-history of marine
Algae, have been enormously increased. The zone between
high and low water marks abounds in forms belonging to
all the main divisions of the group, and I feel sure that a
thorough exploration of that zone (which I purpose making
during the ensuing summer) will result in the discovery of
many species new to the district, if indeed we are not
fortunate enough to meet with species new to British seas.

So far as I can discover, the literature on the Algse of
the district includes only several short papers published by
Mr. F. P. Marrat, of the Liverpool Free Public Museum,
in the Liverpool Naturalist's Scrap Booh (1863-1864) ; a
list quoted by the Eev. H. H. Higgins in the First Eeport
of the L.M.B. Committee,* indicating those species which
were found on the shores of Puffin Island by Mr. Marrat
during an expedition of the Liverpool Naturahsts' Field
Club, in June, 1865; a list of Algae from Puffin Island,
published by Mr. C. S. Gregson in the Naturalist, vol. ii.;
and the list by Mr. Leicester, already referred to. I have
incorporated these lists in the present report, not only
because I am anxious to present as complete a catalogue
as possible, but also because Mr. Marrat's lists are hidden
in the pages of a long extinct periodical, very scarce and
not easy of access. The copy I have consulted is in the
Free Library of Liverpool.

* Pioneers in Local Biology, loc. cit. p. 24.

MAEINE ALG^ OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTEICT. 3

Mr. Marrat has been for raany years engaged in the
investigation of the Algae of the district, both fresh water
and marine, and with great generosity he has allowed me
to make use of his extensive unpublished list. I desire
also to acknowledge his kindness in placing his notes at
my disposal, extracts from which I have freely incorporated
in the following pages.

Among the more recent" treatises on the subject, that
of Dr. Ferdinand Hauck of Trieste,* in Eabenhorst's
Kryptogavienflora, is one of the most complete and
exhaustive. I have followed Hauck's nomenclature, both
specific and classificatory, save that I have altered the
family terminations. I have, however, noted the synonyms
employed by Harvey in his Phycologia Britannica, a
valuable work, which, though considerably behind date in
microscopic matters, may still be looked upon as the
standard work on the subject for British seas. Where a
species has not been observed by Hauck I have adopted
Harvey's specific nomenclature.

Mr. Marrat draws attention to the fact that *' the
Mersey district is much less productive now than it was
in former years. In 1860 the seaweeds on our coast were
cleaner, finer in colour, and more healthy in their general
appearance than they are now." This degeneration is, I
think, without doubt to be accounted for by the increasing
amount of impurities in the rivers Mersey and Dee, derived
from the chemical and other works whose refuse finds
its way into them. " The Algae of the Cheshire coast,"
as Marrat remarks, " are peculiar and marked in their
character. In place of the beautiful well-grown plants
found on Puffin Island, the coast of Wales, Anglesey, and
the Isle of Man, we have many dwarfed and stunted
specimens. Parasites coat and envelope some species of

* Die Mecresalgen Deutschlaiuls unci Ocstereiclies, Leipzig, 1885,

3-2

4 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Geramium and Cladophora almost from the time of their
commencing to grow." Species belonging to '' the genera
Geramium and Gallithanmioyi are only about one-half the
size of well-grown plants belonging to the same species
found in the above named localities." I quite agree with
Marrat in thinking that "the matted bases of close-
growing and intertwined slender species would form a
very prolific source of novelties." Marrat also calls atten-
tion to the ''large mud-covered banks of Bromborough and
Wallasey pools, upon the sides of which many beautiful
but minute microscopic forms are exclusively found. Caves
near the sea, only occasionally supplied with salt water,
are fertile sources for the obtaining of the rarer species."

Whilst recently investigating the shores of Puffin Island,
I was particularly struck by the fact, long ago pointed out
by Forbes, namely, that the shore between high and low
water mark could be divided into zones characterised
by the luxuriant development of one or more especially
prominent genus, as, for example, the Lanmiaria zone at
extreme low water mark, the Fucus zone above, followed
by other zones characterised by the presence of Ehodo-
phyceae and Chlorophycese. The association of various
forms, such as, for example, certain species of PolysipJionia
with certain species of Fucus, is also a point of some
interest. I hope ere long to lay before the Biological
Society some notes on the distribution of Algse on the
shores of Puffin Island, where these zones may be very
readily studied.

Altogether 230 species of marine Algae have been noted
as occurring in the L.M.B.C. district, of which 59 belong
to the Phseophycese, 115 to the Khodophyceae, 42 to the
Chlorophyceae, and 14 to the Cyanophyceae. Of these 219
are recorded by Marrat in his published papers or are
included in his private list. Of the 28 species noted by

MARINE ALG^ OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 5

Leicester, 24 are mentioned by Marrat. In the present
report seven species are recorded as occurring in the
district, though not inchided, so far as I am aware, in
previous catalogues, pubhshed or unpubhshed.

Species recorded by Marrat, or mentioned in his hsts as
having been found by others, are distinguished by having
(M) appended to them after the locahty ; those found by
Leicester and by myself by (L) and (G) respectively.

Series A. RHODOPHYCEiE.
Order I. FLOKIDE^.

Family. Porphyrid.e.
Bangia fusco-purpurea, Lyngb.

At the roots of Polysiplionia and Ceramium (M).
Not uncommon at the north end of Puffin Island (G).
Porphyra laciniata, Ag.
P. vulgaris, Harvey.

Plentifully distributed (M). P. laciniata has been
considered as a variety of P. vulgaris. Man-at, who
records both P. vulgaris and P. laciniata, mentions
, having found the latter occasionally as much as half
an inch wide. Puffin I., 1865 (M), 1889 (G).

Family. Squamarid^.

Peyssonnelia cluhyi. Crouan.

Locality not recorded (L).
Petrocelis pellita, J. Ag.
Gruoria pellita, Harvey.

South shore, Hilbre I. and New Brighton (M).

Family. Weangelid^.

Chantransia virgiilata, Thur.

Callitliamnion virgulatum, Harvey.

On Cerammin r?^6r?/ 7^z, Eastham (M). Puffin I. (G).

6 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Monospora pedicellata, Sol.

Callithamnion pedicellatum, Harvey.

Locality not recorded (M), (L). Puffin I. (G).
Spermotliamnion turneri, Aresch.
Callithamnion tume^'i, Harvey.
Locality not recorded (M).

Niccaria wigghi, Endl.
Isle of Man (M).

Family. Helminthocladiid^.

Nemalion midtifiduin, J. Ag.

The coast generally (M).

Family. Ceramiid^.

Bliodocliorton rotkii, Nag.

Callithamnion rothii, Harvey.

Common on the rocks and pier walls (M) .

B. floridulum, Nag.
Callithamnion floridulum, Harvey.

Locality not recorded (M). Puffin I. (G).
Anthitliamnion cruciatiun, Nag.
Callithatnnioii cruciatmn, Harvey.

In rock pools at Hilbre I., parasitic on Cladostephus

spongiosus (M).
A. plumula, Thur., var. genuinum.
Callithamnion plumula, Harvey.

Isle of Man (M).
Callithamnion pluma, Ag.

Parasitic on stems oi Laminar ia digitata and other

species, Puffin I. (G).

C. thuyoides, Ag.

Isle of Man (M).
C. polysperinum, Ag.

Many locahties (M).

MARINE ALG^ OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 7

C. tetragonum, Ag., var. gemtiniim.

Coast generally (M). Puffin I. (G).
C. tetragonum, Ag., var. bracJiiatiwi.
Callitliamnion hrachiatmn, Harvey.

Coast generally (M). Puffin I. (G).
C. corymhosiivi, Ag.

Locality not recorded (M). Rather plentiful at

Puffin I. (G).
C. bijssoideicm, Arn.

Hilbre I. (M).
C. sei7'ospermum, Griff.
Seirospora griffitlisiana, Harvey.

Hilbre I., parasitic on Bpliacelaria scoparia (M).
C. granulatum, Ag.

G, spongiosum, Harvey.

Coast generally (M).
G. hrodicei, Harv.

Isle of Man and coast generally (M).
G. rosemn, Lyngb.

Not rare, but locally not recorded (M).
G. hooker i, Ag.

Not uncommon in pools at New Brighton (M).
G. davesii, Lyngb.

On Geramium ruhritm at Rock Ferry, and on Glcido-

stephus spongiosus on North shore (M).
Pleojiospormm borreri, Nag.
Gailithanmion borreri, Harvey.

Common on the South shore, and at Hilbre 1. and

New Brighton (M). Puffin I. (G).
Griffithsia barbata, Ag.

New Brighton (M) .
G. setacea, Ag.

Isle of Man and Puffin and Hilbre Is., at low water

(M and G).

8

LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

G. corallina, Ag.

Isle of Man (M) ; locality not recorded (L).
G. equisetifolia, Ag.

In drift on Lancashire and Cheshire coasts (M).
Ptilota elegans, Bonnem.
P. sericea, Harvey.

Common (M) ; abundant at Puffin I. (G).
P. plumosa, Ag.

Locality not recorded (M and L) ; Puffin I. (G).
Ceramiuin tenuissimum, J. Ag.
C. nodosum, Harvey.

Hilbre I. (M) ; Puffin I. (G).
C. fastigiatum, Harv.

Hilbre I. (M).
G. deslongcliampii, Chauv.

Hilbre I., New Brighton (M). Very abundant on

Puffin L, parasitic on many species of Algae (M and

G). The figure shows a branch of G. deslongcliampii

with twigs transformed into clasping organs. In
this case the supporting plant was a stout filament
of Porphyra laciniata, but I have found it with
similar attachments to Chylocladia articidata, Gera-
mium ruhrum, and other species. In some specimens

MARINE ALG^ OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 9

I fancied I detected an intercommunication of proto-
plasm between cells of the "host" and those of the

" parasite," but I have not as yet succeeded in

obtaining a specimen which show^s this in such a

manner as to leave no doubt as to the actual union

of protoplasmic elements.
C. strictum, Grev. et Harv.

Common at Puffin I. (G).
C. diaphanum, Koth.

New Brighton and Hilbre I., parasitic or on rocks (M) .
C. rithric7n, Ag.

Very common at Hilbre I. and very variable, often

parasitic (M). Extremely abundant at Puffin I. (M

and G) ; locality not recorded (L).
C. ruhrum, Ag., var. deciirrens.
C. decurrens, Harvey.

Not uncommon at New Brighton and Hilbre I. (M).
C. ciliatum, Duel.

Parasitic on Chylocladia articidata, at Puffin I.

(M and G).
C. ciUatum, Duel., var. echinatum.

New Brighton (M).
G. echionotum, J. Ag.

Puffin I. (M. and G.)
C. flahelligerum, J. Ag.

Locality not recorded (M) ; Puffin I. (G).
G. acantlionotum , Carm.

Purple forms at Hilbre L, white at Puffin I. (M).

I found two specimens at Puffin I. which had the

usual dark red colour.
G. hotryocarpum, Griff.

Isle of Man (M).
Gloiosiplionia capillar is, Carm.

Isle of Man (M).

10 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Family. Spyeidiid^.

Spyridia filamentosa, Harv.
Holyhead (M).

Family. Ceyptonemiid^.
Sarcopliyllis edidis, J. Ag.

Iridcea edulis, Harvey.

Isle of Man and Puffin I. (M).
Fastigiaria furcellataj Stackh.
Furcellaria fastiglata, Harvey.

Hilbre I., Eastham, New Brighton, Eock Ferry (M).

Dumo7itia filiformis, Grev.

Shore near Little Hilbre I. (M) ; Puffin I. and
Anglesey (M and G).

Family. Gigaetinid^.

Cliondi'us crispus, Stackh.

Hilbre L, South shore, Eastham (M) ; locality not

recorded (L) ; Puffin L (M and G). Marrat notes

the existence of an almost white variety near high

water mark.
C. norvegicus, Lamour.

Earely at Hilbre I. and Isle of Man (M).
Gigartina mammillosa, J. Ag.

Hilbre and Puffin Is., Anglesey, and I. of Man (M).
Gymnogongriis plicatus, Kiitz.

Hilbre I. and I. of Man (M) ; Puffin I. (M and G).
G. griffithsice, Mart.

Isle of Man and rarely at New Brighton (M) .
PhyllopJiora riibens, Grev.

Hilbre I., Isle of Man (M) ; Puffin I. (M and G).
P. memhranifoUa, J. Ag.

Hilbre I., Isle of Man, and Puffin I. (M).

MARINE ALGiE OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 11

Cystoclonium purpurascens, Kiitz.
Hypncea purpurascens, Harvey.

Hilbre and Puffin Is., New Brighton, and Isle of
Man (M).

Family. Ehodymeniid^.

Chylocladia articulata, Grev.

Hilbre I., Eastham, New Brighton, and I. of Man
(M). Puffin I., very abundant (M and G).

C. claviforinis (?).

Marrat also records a species under this name,
without giving the authority, but I have not been
able to find any mention of this species in the works
I have had access to.

Bhodyme7iia palnietta, Grev.

Locality not recorded (L) ; Puffin I. (G).

E. palmata, Grev.

Plentiful at Hilbre I. (M) ; abundant at Puffin I. (G).

B. laciniata, Grev.

Not rare, but locality not stated (M).

B. bifida, Grev.

Earely at Puffin I. (M).

B. ciliata, Kiitz.

Isle of Man, Anglesey, and Puffin I. (M).

Plocamunn coccineum, Lyngb.

Not uncommon at Isle of Man, Hilbre and Puffin
Is. (M). I have found this species in abundance at
Puffin I. Leicester records it, but does not state
the locality. Also rarely at New Brighton, and
cast ashore at Bootle and Southport (M).

Hydrolapathimi sanguineum, Stackh.
Delesseria sanguinea, Harvey.

Isle of Man (M); Puffin I. (M and G).

12 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Family. Delesseriid^.

Nitopliyllum pimctatnm, Harv.

Karely at New Brighton (M).

N. laceratum, Grev.

Generally (M).
Delesseria hypoglossum, Lamour.

Hilbre and Puffin Is., Isle of Man, Welsh coast (M).

D. ruscifolia, Lamour.
Isle of Man (M).

D. alata, Lamour.

Hilbre I., Hoylake, Isle of Man, and Anglesey (M).
Very plentiful at Puffin I. (M and G). Marrat notes
the finding of a green variety ; but I have found
many specimens with some fronds green and others
intermediate between that and the natural colour on
the same plant, the variation in the colouring being
obviously due to decay, disease or bleaching.

D. siiiuosa, Lamour.

Hilbre I. (M). Puffin I. (G).

Family. Sph^rococcid^.

Gracelaria coufervoides, Grev.

Hilbre I., Welsh coast. Isle of Man (M). Puffin I.

(M and G).
Sphcerococcus coronopifolms, Stackh.

Isle of Man (M).

Family. Solieriid^.

Gatenella opimtia, Grev.

Hilbre I., Eastham, New Brighton, Puffin L, on the
rocks very common (M) . This species is also recorded
by Leicester, although the locality is not stated. I
searched for it at Puffin L, but was unable to find

MARINE ALG.E OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 13

any specimens. I fear that it is often confounded
with Chyloclaclia articulata, which at first sight it
closely resembles.

Family. Gelidiid^.

Gelidium crinale, J. Ag.

G. corneum, var. crinale, Harvey.

Eastham (M).
G. corneum, Anct.

Marrat records the variety latifolium of this species

from Hilbre I., and also a variety (mmamed) from

the Isle of Man and from Hilbre I.

Family. Spongiocarpid^.

Polyides lumhricalis, Grev.
P. rotundus, Harvey.

South shore, Hibre I. (M). Marrat marks this
species with a query.
Lomentaria kaliformis, Gaill.
Clujlocladia kaliformis, Gaill.
Isle of Man (M).

Family. KnoDOMELiDiE.
Odonthalia dentata, Lyngb.

Isle of Man, Hilbre and Puffin Is., and among drift

Zoophytes at New Brighton (M).
Laurejicia pinnatifida, Lamour.

Hilbre I. rarely (M). In abundance at Puffin I. (G).
L. ccespitosa, Lamour.

Locality not stated (M).
Bhodomela suhfusca, Ag.

Hilbre and Puffin Is., occasionally (M) ; tolerably

abundant at the latter (G).
B. lijcopodioides, Ag.

Sparingly at Eastham and Hilbre I. (M).

14 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Bytiphlcea thuyoides, Harv.

Occasionally at Puffin and Hilbre Is. (M). Marrat
records this and the two succeeding species as
members of the genus Bhodoinela.

B. fructiculosa, Harv.

Occasionally at Puffin and Hilbre Is. (M).

B. pinnastroides, Ag.

Locality not stated (M).

Bonnemaisonia asparagoides, Ag.
Isle of Man (M).

Polysiplionia urceolata, Grev.

On rocks, at the roots of other Algae (M and G).

P. pidvinata, Kiitz.

Karely at Eastham, New Brighton, and Hilbre I.
(M) ; also occasionally at Puffin I. (M and G).

P. violacea, Grev.

Locality not recorded (M).

P. elo7igata, Harv.

Locality not recorded (M).

P. elongella, Harv.

Locality not recorded (M). In drift on Penmon
Point, Anglesey (G).

P. variegata, Zanard.
Puffin I. (G).

P. brodicei, Grev.

Locality not recorded (M); Puffin I. (G).

P. byssoides, Grev.

Locality not recorded (M); Puffin I. (G).

P. nigrescens, Grev.

Variable in colour, at New Brighton, Eastham, and
Hilbre I.; common (M). Puffin I. (G).

MARINE ALGiE OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 15

P. fastigiata, Grev.

Common on species of Fucus (M). Extremely
abmidant at Puffin I., parasitic on Ascophyllum
nodosum (G). Locality not recorded (L).

P. formosa, Suhr.

Locality not recorded (M and L) ; Puffin I. (G).

P.fibrata, Harv.

Hilbre and Puffin Is. (M and G).

P. fihrillosa, Grev.

Locality not recorded (L) .

Dasya coccinea, Ag.

Marrat records two varieties, one a bright rose red,
the other a dull purple, from the I. of Man, Hilbre
and Puffin Is., and elsewhere. I found the rose red
variety to be one of the commonest of the Ehodo-
phyceae on Puffin I. Marrat remarks that " the
Hilbre Island plants are not like either the Manx
or Devonshire forms." Locality not recorded (L).

Family. Corallinid^.

Melobesia farinosa, Lamour.

General on the coast (M).

M. memhraiiacea, Lamour.

General on the coast (M). Puffin I. (G, .

M. pustulata, Lamour.

Parasitic on Plujllopliora ruhens, at Puffin' I. (M) ;
also on various other Ehodophyceae at the same
locality (G). I confess to having some doubts as
to the ad\dsibility of separating these two forms,
M. pustulata and M. membranacea. Croall and
Johnstone {Nature Printed British Seaweeds) con-
sider the latter as an " imperfectly developed state"
of the former.

16 LIVEKPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

M. verriicata, L amour.

Locality not recorded (M) ; parasitic on various
Khodophyceae at Puf&n I. (G).

M. rubra, Meneg.

General (M). This species is not recorded in the
works of Harvey or any other writer on British
seaweeds. I have not had access to Meneghini's
works, and so am unable to say whether it is
represented by a synonym in other lists.

Lithothairvnion calcareum, J. Ag.
Melobesia calcarea, Harvey.

A deep water species, dredged in large quantities in
the "Hyaena" expedition of 1888. Prof. Herdman
informs me that the bottom of the Irish Sea, round
the eastern shores of the Isle of Man, seems in many
places to be covered with this species.

L. polyjnorphimi, Aresch.

Melobesia polymorplia, Harvey.
Isle of Man (M).

L. fasciculatum, Aresch.

Melobesia fasciculata, Harvey.
Puffin I. (M).

Lithophylliim lichenoides, Kosan.
Melobesia lichenoides, Harvey.
Puffin I. (M and G).

Corallina rubens, Linn.
Jania rubens, Harvey.
Puffin I. (MandG).

G. officinalis, Linn.

Very abundant in rock pools on the coast generally
(M and G). Locality not recorded (L).

MARINE ALG^ OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTEICT. 17

Series B. PH^OPHYCE^.

Order II. FUCOIDE^.

Family. FuciD^.

Sargassum linifolium, Ag.
Sargassum vulgare, Harvey.

Not mifrequently cast ashore (M).

Hi?nanthalia lorea, Lyngb.

Abundant at the Isle of Man (M).

Ascophijllum nodosum, Le Jol.
Fucus nodosus, Harvey.

Very abundant at Puffin and Hilbre Is., and else-
where (M and G). Locality not recorded (L).

A. nodosum, Le Jol., var. scorpioides.

Occasionally on the coast of Anglesey (G).

Fucus vesiculosus, Linn.

Abundant on the coast generally (M and G).
Locality not recorded (L).

F. 2)laty carpus, Thur.

Two or three patches on the rocks at the north end
of Puffin I. (G).

F. serratus, Linn.

Extremely abundant on the coast generally (M and
G). Locality not recorded (L).

F. canaliculatus , Linn.

Abundant at Hilbre I. (M). Also at Puffin I. (G).

Halidrys siUquosa, Lyngb.

Frequently cast up in drift (M and G). Locality not
recorded (L).

Cystosira granulata, Ag.

Karely at Hilbre I. (M).

18 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Order III. DICTYOTE^.

Family. Dictyotid^.

Dictyota dichotoma, L amour.

I. of Man, Puffin T. (M). Locality not recorded (L).

Order IV. PH^OZOOSPOEE^.
Family. Ectocaepid^.

Myrionema vidgare, Thur.
M. Strang ulans, Harvey.

Locality not recorded (M).
M. lechlancherii, Grev.

Hilbre L, on Bhodyvienia palmata (M).
M. punctifonne, Harv.

On Ceramium ruhrum and C. desloiigchampii at

Hilbre I. (M).
Ectocarpus velutiivus, Kiitz.
Elachista velutina, Harvey.

Parasitic on Himanthalia lorea, Isle of Man (M).

E. tomentosus, Lyngb.

Common on species of Fucus at Hilbre I. and New

Brighton (M).
E. crinitus, Carm.

Marrat states that some plants of this species were

found growing in the Aquarium in the Liverpool

Museum, but does not state whence they were

obtained.
E. confervoides , Le Jol.
E. siliculosus, Harvey.

The landing stage of New Brighton, and Eastham ;

also at Hilbre I. and elsewhere (M).
E. fasciculatus, Harv.

Occasionally at Hilbre I. (M).

MAEINE ALG.E OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTEICT. 19

E. granulosa, Ag.

New Brighton and Hilbre I. (M); Puffin I. (M and G) .
E. littoralis, Lyngb.

On species of Fucus (M). One of the commonest

species oi Ectocaj'pus at Puffin I. (G).
E. liinksice, Harv.

The coast generally (M and G).

Myriotrichia clavceformis, Harv.

Generally on the coast (M).
M. filiformis, Harv.

Locality not recorded (M) .
Sphacelaria radicans, Ag.

Not uncommon on the South shore and at New

Brighton (M).

S. cirrhosa, Ag.

Common at Hilbre I., Eastham, and I. of Man (M) ;
also at Puffin I. (G).

S. fusca, Ag.

Not rare at Puffin and Hilbre Is. (M).

S. scoparia, Lyngb.

Common at Hilbre (M), and at Puffin Is. (G).

Chcetop)teris p)lumosa, Kiitz.
Sphacelaria j^lit^fJiosa, HsnYey.

Hilbre and Puffin Is., rare (M) ; rather plentiful on
the north-east end of Puffin I. (G). Locality not
recorded (L).

Cladostephus verticillatiis, Ag.
Puffin I. (M).

G. spongiosus, Ag.

Puffin and Hilbre Is., not rare (M). Plentiful at
the former and tolerably abundant at low water at
the latter locality (G). Locality not recorded (L).

4-2

20 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Family. Mesoglceid^.

Elachista scutellata, Duby.

On the stems of Hiinanthalia lorea, near Port St.
Mary, I. of Man (M).

E . flacc ida , Aresch .

On Gysto sir a fibrosa (M).

E . fucicola, Fries.

Very common on species oi Fuciis (M and G).
Leathesia umhellata, Menegh.
L. tuber if or?nis, Harvey.
Hilbre I. (M).
Castagnea virescens, Thur.
Mesogloea virescens, Harvey.
Locality not recorded (M).
Mesogloea vermiculata, Le Jol.
M. vei'micularis , Harvey.

Puffin and Hilbre Is., and shore generally (M and G).

M, verticillata, Ag.

Puffin I. (M).
Chordaria flagelliformis, Ag.

Hilbre I., East ham. South shore, &c. (M). Puffin

I. (G).

Family. Punctariid^.

Pimctaria plantaginea, Grev.

Coast generally (M and G).
P. latifolia, Grev.

Locality not recorded (L).

Dictyosiphon foeniculaceus , Grev.

Hilbre I., Eastham (M). In drift at Penmon Pt. (G).

Striaria atte7iuata, Grev.
Coast generally (M).

MARINE ALG^ OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 21

Desmarestia viridis, Lamour.

Isle of Man (M). Puffin I. (M and G). Locality

not recorded (L).
D. aculeata, Lamour.

Cast ashore frequently ; abundant at the I. of Man

(M), and at Puffin I. (M and G). Locality not

recorded (L).
Litosiphon pusillus, Harv.

On Chorda filum, at Bangor and Hilbre I. (M).
L. laminarice, Harv.

On Chorda filu7n, at Bangor and Hilbre I. (M).

Family. Sporochnid^.

Asperococcus echinatus, Grev.

I. of Man and Hilbre I. (M) ; Puffin I. (M and G).
A. turneri, Hook.

Locality not recorded (M).

Family. Scytosiphonid.e.

Phyllitis fascia, Kiitz.

Laminaria fascia, Harvey.

Hilbre I., at extreme low water (M).
Scytosiplion lomentarius, J. A^.
Chorda lomentaria, Harvey.

Hilbre and Puffin Is. and Isle of Man (M).

Family. Laminariid^.

Chorda filum, Stackh.

Hilbre L, between the Great and the Little Eye (M).

Puffin I., at extreme low water (G).
Laminaria digitata, Lamour.

Welsh coast and Isle of Man (M). Very abundant

at extreme low water at Puffin I. (G). Locality

not recorded (L) .

22 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

L. saccharina, L amour.

Port St. Mary, I. of Man (M). Puffin I. and Penmon

Point (G). Locality not recorded (L).
L. saccharina, TiSLiRoux, YSbT. pJiyllitis.
Laminaria phyllitis, Harvey.

On the life-boat, New Brighton (M).
Alaria escidenta, Grev.

I. of Man, Anglesey, and Hilbre L, at low water (M).
Balfsia verrucosa, J. Ag.

Puffin I. (MandG).

Family. Cutleriid.^.

Cutleria multifida, Grev.

Hilbre and Puffin Is., and Isle of Man (M).
Aglaozonia reptans, Kiitz.
Zonaria parvula, Harvey.

Coast generally (M).

Series C. CHLOROPHYCE^.
Order V. OOSPOKE^.

Family. Vaucheriid^.

Vaucheria 77iari7ia, Ag.

New Brighton (M).
V. thuretii, Woron.
F. veluti7ia, Harvey.

Forming velvety cushions on the mud near high

water mark at Eastham (M).

Order VI. CHLOEOZOOSPOKE^.

Family. IJLViDiE.

Mo7iostro7na grevillei, Wittr.
Viva lachica, Harvey.

Locality not recorded (M). Puffin I. (G).

MARINE ALG^ OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 23

Ente7'07norpha intestinalis , Link.

Not uncommon (M). Exceedingly abundant in pools

near high water mark and beneath that point, at

Puffin I. (G).
E. linza, J. Ag.

JJlva linza, Harvey.

Common (M and G).

E. compressa, Grev.

Not uncommon (M and G).
E. clathrata, T. Ag.

Eastham (M).

E. erecta, J. Ag.

Occasionally at New Brighton (M).

E. ramulosa, Hook.

Plentiful (M and G).

E. percursa, J. Ag.

Occasionally on mud at New Brighton (M) .
E. ralfsii, Harv.

General on the coast (M and G) .

E. granulosa, ( ?).

Marrat records this species, without giving the
authority, from New Brighton.

Ulva lactuca, Lie JoL, var. genuina.
JJlva latissima, Harvey.

Common at Hilbre I. and New Brighton (M). Very
abundant in pools at or near high water at Puffin I.
(G). Locality not recorded (L).

Family. Confervid^.

Clicetomorplia 7nelagonium, Kiitz.
Conferva melagonium, Harvey.

The coast generally (M). Puffin I. (G).

24 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

C, crassa, Kiitz.

Conferva linum, Harvey.

Locality not recorded (M). Puffin I. (G).

C. cerea, Kiitz.

Conferva mrea^ Harvey.

South shore and Eastham (M).

C. tortuosa, Kiitz.

Conferva tortuosa, Harvey.

On the North sHp, Prince's Pier (M).
Ulothrix fiacca, Thur.
Lynghya fiacca, Harvey.
Isle of Man (M).
U. isogona, Thur.
Lynghya speciosa, Harvey.

Common at Puffin I. (G), and generally (M).
Bliizoclonium tortuosum, Kiitz.
Conferva iniplexa, Harvey,

Locality not recorded (M). Puffin I. (G).

H. riparium, Harv.

Bromborough and Wallasey Pools, Eastham, and
Hilbrel. (M).

B. gasparyi, Harv.

Eastham (M).
Cladophora arcta, Kiitz.

Bromborough and Wallasey Pools, Eastham, and
Hilbrel. (M). Puffin I. (G).

C. lanosa, Kiitz.

Isle of Man and Anglesey (M). Puffin I. (M and G).

Parasitic on Fastigiaria fiircellata.
C. peUucida, Kiitz.

In a cave at Hilbre I. (M).
C. rupestris, Kiitz.

Very common (M and G).

MARIIJE ALG^ OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 25

C. hutcJwisice, Kiitz.

Isle of Man, New Brighton, and Hilbre I. (M).

C. diffusa, Harv., recorded as from New Brighton

by Marrat, is synonymous with C. hutchinsm.
C. litriculosa, Kiitz., var. Icetevirens.
C. Icetevireiis, Harvey.

Not micommon at New Brighton (M). Puffin I. (G).

C. flexuosa, Harv.

New Brighton, Hilbre I.,Eastham (M). Puffinl. (G).

C. rudolpliiana, Harv.

Not uncommon at Hilbre I. (M).
C. gracilis, Kiitz.

Occasionally at Hilbre I. (M).
C. albida, Kiitz.

Eastham and Puffin I. (M).
C. glaucescens, Harv.

Puffin and Hilbre Is. (M and G).
C. fracta, Kiitz.

C. flavescens, Plarvey.

Bromborough Pool (M).
C. refracta, Kiitz.

Puffin I. (M).

C. uncialis, Harv.

Puffin I. (M).

F amily . Bryopsid^ .

Bryopsis plumosa, Ag.

Isle of Man, Anglesey, Hilbre and Puffin Is., New

Brighton (M).
B. hypnoides, Lamour.

Hilbre I. (M).

Conferva arenosa, Carm.
South shore (M).

26 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

C. litorea, Harv.

South shore and Eastham (M).

C. sutoria, Berk.

Hilbre I. (M).

G. young ana, Dilln.

Bromborough and Wallasey Pools, and the life-boat,
New Brighton (M).

[The genus Conferva is one into which many dubious
forms have been placed from time immemorial. I insert
the above mentioned species here because they have been
recorded by Marrat ; and while they may be good species,
there is the possibility that some of them may be merely
varieties of one species under different conditions.]

Series D. CYANOPHYCEiE.

Order VI. SCHIZOPHYCE^.

Family. Nostocid^.

Calotlirix confervicola, Ag.

Common on species of Ceramium (M) ,

C. scopuloruvi, Ag.

Generally distributed (M).

Bivularia plicata, Carm.

Generally distributed (M).

R. atra, Both.

Generally distributed at Hilbre I. and South shore
(M).

B. biasolettiana , Menegh.

Scliizosiplion warrenice, Harvey.
On mud-covered rocks (M).

Sphccrozyga carmichcelii, Harv.
Eastham (M).

MAHINE ALG.E OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 27

Lyjighya inaguscula, Harv.

Not uncommon at Hilbre I., Eastham, and Wal-
lasey (M).

L. semiplena, Ag.

Calothrix semiplena, Harvey.

Generally distributed (M).
L. cestiiarii, Liebm.
L. ferruginea, Harvey.

Bromborough Pool and Hilbre I. (M).
Microcoleus chtlionoplastes, Thur.
M. anguiformis, Harvey.

Generally distributed (M).
Oscillatoria littoralis, Carm.

North and South shores (M).
0. spiralis, Carm.

Eastham (M).
0. nigroviridis, Thwaites.

Eastham (M).

Family. Chroococcid^.

Gleocapsa crepidiicm, Thur.

On stones near high water mark, at Puffin I. (G).

SECOND EEPOET on the POBIFERA of the L.M.B.C.

DISTEICT.

By Richaed Hanitsch, Ph.D.,

DEMONSTRATOR OF ZOOLOGY IN tTNIVERSITY COLLEGE, LIVERPOOL.

With Plates V., VI. and VII.

[Read Stli February, 1889.]

Since the pubhcation in 1886 of the "First Report upon
the Porifera," by Mr. Thomas Higgin, F.L.S., in the first
vokime of " The Fauna of Liverpool Bay," several very
important works upon the Sponges have appeared which
have changed to a considerable extent the accepted
views as to the classification of the group, and render
a re-arrangement of the species dealt with in the former
report absolutely necessary. I have found it convenient
to arrange the Sponges in the following groups : —
Myxospongise, Ceratosa, Monaxonida, Tetractinellidse,
Hexactinellidae, and Calcarea. I regard these groups as
orders, although I do not wish to state that they are aU
equivalent to each other. Every one of these orders,
except the Myxospongiae, has been treated of in a separate
" Challenger" Report, and this fact justifies my classi-
fication sufficiently. In the further division of the
orders I shall accept Eidley and Dendy's system for the
Monaxonida, and Sollas's system for the Tetractinellidse.
In regard to the Calcarea, I shall follow Mr. Higgin's
example and use Haeckel's classification, instead of that
of Polejaeff. The Sponges in our district belonging to the
remaining orders are so few m number that any further
classification of them is unnecessary.

I will add an explanation, why I did not follow the
latest classification of the sponges given by E. v. Lendenfeld,

POEIFERA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 29

in his '* Catalogue of the Sponges in the AustraHan Museum,
Sydney." This is the only work on sponges from that
author which I have been able to see, and it would have
been very difficult to identify even the genera by that
catalogue, as figures of spicules and similar details neces-
sary for identification are not given. Nor, perhaps, as
V. Lendenfeld's work is a museum catalogue, should we
expect to find illustrations of that kind in it. Finally,
it did not seem advisable to me to re-arrange the species
which I had identified chiefly by Bowerbank's " British
Spongiadse" and the "Challenger" Reports, according to
the system of another author, especially as it has not yet
been shown that v. Lendenfeld's classification is superior
to that of the "Challenger" Eeports.

The following list includes the Sponges recorded by
Mr. Higgin in his "Report on the Porifera of the L.M.B.C.
District." Those Sponges are marked in column "I."
whilst the additions made in the present report are given
in column "11." The nomenclature of this report differs
in some cases from that of the first report, and I shall
give the latter nomenclature in brackets. For the names
of authors I use the following abbreviations : —

B. Bowerbank. H. Haeckel.

C. Carter. J, Johnston.

F. Fleming. M. Montagu.

G. Gibson. S. 0. Schmidt.

I am able to add seven to the hst of sponges recorded from
this neighbourhood, of these is one (Beniera semituhulosa,
S.) new to British seas, and one {Seiriola compacta) is new
to science.

30 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

List of Porifera recorded from the L.M.B.C. District.

Order I. MYXOSPONGI^.
Family. I. 11.

Halisarcld^ Halisarca dujardvdi, J x x

Order II. CERATOSA.
Spongelid^ Dysidea fragilis, J x x

Order III. MONAXONIDA.
Subord. HALICHONDKINA.

HouoBBiLAVB.iDM.HaUchondriapaiiicea, J x X

{Amorphina panicea.)
Ha licJiondria coccinea , B x

(Amorphina cocciiiea.)
Halichondria albescens, J x

{Amorphina albescens.)
Halichondria caruncula,'B x

{A viorphina caruncula.)
Beniera variants, B x x

{Isodictija varians.)
Beniera elegans, B x

{Isodictya elegans.)
Beniera simulans, J X

{Isodictya simulans.)
Beniera fistulosa, B x x

{Isodictya fistulosa.)
Beniera clava, ^ x

{Isodictya clava.)

Beniera semituhulosa, S x

Chalina oculata, J x a

Chalina limbata, M x x

Chalinula pa llida, B x

{Isodictya pallida.)
Chalinula densa,^ X

{Isodic tya densa .)

PORIFEKA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTEICT. 31

Family. I. II.

Heterorrhaphid^. None.

Desmacidonid^.. Des??iac/cZo?2 incrustans, J x

{Halicliondria incrustans.)

Desmacidon fucoruyn, J x x

{Isodictija fucorum.)

Esperia cegagrojnla , C x

Clathria seriata, J ^. ... x

{Oph litaspongia seriata.)
Plumohalicliondria plumosa, C . . . x

Axinellid^ Hymeniacidoji sanguinea , J x

Baspailia viminalis, S x

Easpailia stelligera, S x x

{Dictyccylindrus stuposus, B.)

Subord. CLAVULINA.

SuBERiTiD^ Suberites car7iosa, J X

Suberites suberea, M x x

Clio7ia celata, J x x

Papillina suberea, S x

{Baphyrus griffithsia, B.)

Polymastia mammillaris, J X

Polymastia robusta, B X

Order IV. TETRACTINELLIDiE.

Subord. CHOKISTIDA.

Tetillid^ Tethya lyncurium, J x

Vk.CB.X'&Ti'REi.'LiDM.Bercitus niger, C x

Seiriolid^ Seii'iola co7npacta, n. si^ X

Stellettid^ Stelletta griibii, S x

Ecionema po7iderosa, B x x

Geodiid^ Pachy7na tis7na jolinstonia, B . . . . x x

Subord. LITHISTIDiE.
None.

32 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Older V. HEXACTINELLID^.

None.

Order VI. CALCAREA.

Family. I. 11.

AscoNES Ascetta primordialis, H x

Ascetta corlacea,F x

Ascaltis hotryoides, F X

Leucones Leucandra Jistulosa, J x

Leucandra gossei, B x

Leucandra nivea, F x

Leucandra johnstonii, C X

Sycones Sycandra ciliata, F x x

Sycandra compressa, F x x

Aphroceras ramosa, C X

Sycortis aspera, G X

Order I. MYXOSPONGI^.

Halisarca dujardinii, J.

Frequently met with by dredging and shore collecting
at Puffin Island and other places. There seem to be two
colours, grey and brownish.

Order II. CERATOSA.

Dysidea fragilis, J.

Dredged in Church Bay, near Holyhead, "Hyaena"
Expedition, 1886. Collected on the Beacon Eocks, Puffin
Island, 1st February, 1888.

Order III. MONAXONIDA.

Halichondria paiiicea, J.

Collected at Puffin Island, Hilbre Island, &c. on various
occasions.

PQRIFEEA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 33

Be7iiera varians, B.

Collected at Hilbre Island, 20th March, 1886.

Reniera fistulosa, B.

Collected on ''Hyaena" Expedition, 1888, off the south
end of the Isle of Man, 20 fathoms.

Beniera semituhulosa , 0. Schmidt.

Pellina semituhulosa, 0. Schmidt.

Ha licJion clria semitu h ulosa, Lieberki'ihn .
This Sponge was first described by Oscar Schmidt, in
his ''Spongien des Adriatischen Meeres." It had been
found commonly near Venice, and formed an irregular
base with numerous ascending branches, which were here
and there fused together. The colour was greenish or
whitish. One of the chief characteristics was that the
dermal membrane could easily be separated froui the
underlying tissue. The oscula were found mostly on the
extremities of the branches, but also on the other parts of
the surface. The spicules were oxea. A few years after-
wards 0. Schmidt formed the new genus Pellina,* and
gave the species which he formerly called Beniera semi-
tuhulosa as the type for it. In the same work he describes
two other species of this genus: Pellina bibiila, iound in
the Kattegat, Q.nd Pellijia jyrofunditat is, found near Florida.
Eidley and Dendyt do not agree with 0. Schmidt's
proposal to form a new genus for this sponge, not regarding
the character of the separable dermal membrane as being
of generic importance. They further remark, ''The so-
called dermal membrane is also a very distinct feature of
Halichondria panicea, yet Schmidt keeps this species out
of his genus Pellina, into which it ought certainly to fall

* Oscar Schmidt, " Spongienfauna cl. Atl. Gebietes."

t Ridley and Deudy, "Report on the Monaxonida collected by H.M.S.
Challenger,'' p, 15.

5

34 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

according to his definition, if such it can be called." For
this reason I am also inclined to retain the generic name
Beniera for this sponge.

A small specimen of it was fomid on the North Spit
at Puffin Island, at low water, in September, 1887. The
base of the specimen is about 2*5 cm. in height and 1 cm.
in thickness. There are five branches arising from the
base, three of which are broken off close to their origin,
the two others are about 8 mm. in length by 3 mm. in
diameter. The spicules are oxea, and measure about 0*3
mm. They are arranged in multispiculous triangular or
quadrangular meshes.

Chaliyia oculata, J.

Dredged in Church Bay, near Holyhead, on the " Hyaena"
Expedition, 1886.

Chalina limhata, M.

Two splendid specimens were obtained on the Beacon
Kocks at Puffin Island, at low spring tide, 1st February,
1888.

Desmacido7i fiicorum, J.

Dredged in Church Bay, near Holyhead, on the " Hyaena'
Expedition, 1886 ; also off the North side of Puffin Island
12 — 15 fathoms, in February, 1888; and on 24th March,
1888; also off Calf of Man, 20 fathoms, "Hy^na"
Expedition, 20th May, 1888.

Genus Baspailia, Nardo.

The genus Baspailia was founded first by Nardo, in the
year 1833. The exact words of his definition are not
known to me, but as Oscar Schmidt* states that he
accepts Nardo's definition of the genus, giving it however
in his own words, we may take it for granted that

* Oscar Schmidt, ''Spongien des Adriatischen Meeres," p. 59.

POEIFERA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 35

Schmidt's definition agrees in general with that of Nardo.
The characters are : from the narrow base of the sponges
of the genus Baspailia branches are given off which may
be simple or dichotomous. The spicules are arranged in
two different ways — some lie in bundles in the vertical
axis, the others are placed horizontally and project through
the ectoderm. The bases of the spicules are imbedded in
ceratose. The colour of the sponges is a dark yellow.
Schmidt describes three species of this genus, two of which
are of special interest to us : Baspailia viminalis, S. (with
large and small styli and spined styli), and Baspailia
stelligera, S. (with large and small styli and spherasters).

Bowerbank, when he published the first two volumes of
his "British Spongiadae," took no notice of Schmidt's
researches, and so it came to pass that many species which
had been already described by Schmidt, were re-described
by Bowerbank as new species, and were christened once
more. To those privileged sponges belonged the genus
Baspailia, Nardo. Bowerbank' s error was first pointed
out by 0. Schmidt, in his second supplement to the above
mentioned work, and he stated that the sponges of the
genus Dictyocylindrus, B., belong either to Baspailia,
Nardo, or to Axiiiella, S., and that Dictijocrjlindrus stuposus,
B., is identical with Baspailia stelligera, S. Consequently
we find in Eidley and Dendy's classification the genera
Baspailia, Nardo, and Axinella, S., instead of Dictyo-
cylindrus, B. But their definition of Baspailia does not
quite agree with that of Nardo and Schmidt, as they have
added the negative character "no microsclera." Now
Baspailia stelligera, S., could not come under the genus
Baspailia as defined by Eidley and Dendy, for this species
has microsclera. And it becomes still more difficult to find
a place for Baspailia stelligera, S., in Eidley and Dendy's
system, when we read on page xxi. of their "Introduction"

5-2

36 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

to the Eeport on the Monaxonida, that the only stellate
forms of microsclera *'' which are certainly known to
occur in the Monaxonida" are "spirulae, discastra and
amphiastra." According to this, Baspailia stelligera, S.,
as ha\ang spherastrous microscleres would not even belong
to the Monaxonida. But there can be no doubt that
Baspailia stelligera is a true monaxonid sponge, and I
think even the presence of microsclera not important
enough to remove it from the genus in which it had been
placed by Schmidt. Therefore I would amend two points
in Bidley and Dendy's Eeport. Firstly, spherasters should
be mentioned as being a fourth form of stellate microsclera
in the Monaxonida ; and secondly, the limits of the genus
Baspailia should be enlarged by leaving out the negative
character "no microsclera," so as to reconstitute the older
and wider genus defined by Nardo and Schmidt.

Baspailia viminalis, Schmidt (PL V., figs. 2 — 4).
Bictyocylindrus ventilahnim, Bowerbank.

Both the figures and the description of Dictyocylindrus
ventilahrum, B., as given by Bowerbank, agree so fully
with all the characters of Baspailia mminalis, S., as given
by Schmidt, that I do Jiot hesitate to consider those species
as identical.

One specimen of this species was dredged on the
"Hyaena" Expedition, 1886, in Church Bay, near Holy-
head. Bowerbank records it from the British Channel and
Brighton, and 0. Schmidt from the Adriatic Sea. The
colour of the living sponge is orange yellow.

Our specimen was apparently quite a young one, as it
measm^ed only 3*5 cm. in height. The stem is cylindrical,
has a well pronounced expanded base, and bears distally
two branches. The beginning of a third branch is just
visible (see PI. V., fig. 2). Bowerbank had much larger

POEIFERA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 37

specimens at his disposal. Of one of them he gives the
following description : — "The pedicel is barely an inch in
height ; at an inch and a half from the base it has divided
into four primary branches; within one inch from their
origin these primary branches each divide dichotomously,
and this mode of division continues, with a single exception
of one branch dividing trichotomously, so that at four inches
from the base there are as many as twenty-two, all nearly
in the same plane, assuming a fan-shaped series of
branches, eight inches in height by about the same extent
in width. The branches are cylindrical," &c.

A transverse section through this sponge shows us that
it consists of a solid mass without central cavity. The
oscula are numerous, although visible only in those
sections. Bowerbank has stated that the "oscula and
pores are inconspicuous." The oscula open into irregular
cavities, branching throughout the whole sponge. The
spicules consist firstly of styli of two different sizes. The
large styli measure from 1"2 mm. to 1'5 mm. by 0'013 mm.;
the shorter ones from 0"42 mm. to 0"45 mm. by0"004 mm.
Besides that, we find spined styli, 0'124 mm. by 0"0055 mm.
The ordinary styli are arranged either in bundles running
parallel to the longitudinal axis of the sponge, or they
form bundles standing at right angles to the longitudinal
axis, and project for about two-thirds of their length
through the ectoderm. This latter point had been noticed
by Bowerbank,* who said that "in the dried condition of
the sponge the fasciculi of radiating spicula project fuom the
central cylinder of the skeleton to the extent of at least
one-third of the w^hole diameter of the branch," but he
adds, "it is probable that in a living state their apices
would be barely visible beyond the dermal membrane."
As I have stated already, sections through a w^ell preserved

* Bowerbank, " British Spougiada'," vol. ii., p. 101.

38 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

specimen of Baspailia viminalis do not leave any doubt
that in a living state the spicules do project beyond the
ectoderm. These projecting bundles of styli consist, in
most cases, of one large stylus surrounded by a number
of small ones. In some cases the bundles consist only of
small styli, and lastly the large styli are also found singly.
All those different arrangements are represented in the
semi-diagrammatic figure (PL Y., fig. 4). The spined styli
are found scattered throughout the whole mass of the
Choanosome.

Baspailia stelligera, Schmidt (PI. V., fig. 1).

Bictyocylindrus stuposus, Bowerbank.

As Mr. Higgin states, this species has already been

collected at Port Erin, Holyhead and Isle of Man. On

the 16th and 17th of February last. Professor Herdman

obtained a number of bright orange coloured sponges at

extreme low tide, under one of the ledges of rock, on

the north end of Pufdn Island, near the Biological Station.

The specimens showed a narrow base and an expanded

distal portion with more or less numerous short branches.

The whole mass was beset with rough ridges, and spicules

were seen projecting through the ectoderm. The height

of the sponge-masses varied between 2 cm. and 4 cm.

Transverse and longitudinal sections through this sponge

show that the arrangement of the megasclera is here the

same as in Baspailia viminalis. The only remarkable

point is the great masses of ceratose in which the bases of

the spicules, especially of those in the interior, are

imbedded. The bundles of the projecting spicules consist

of styli, and the centre of these bundles is commonly

formed by one or more shorter and stouter styli (0*92 mm.

by 0'012 mm.), which are surrounded by long and thin

styli (0*8— 1*5 mm. by 0*0043 mm.). The spicules of the

POKIFEEA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 39

interior are in most cases strongyla (0'54 — 0*85 mm. by
0'01'2 mm.), besides which there are fomid also styh of
the above mentioned kind, and a very few oxea. The
microsclera are spherasters, with about twelve rays, and
measuring 0*02 mm. in diameter. Those spherasters are
found only in the ectosome ; they lie very close to the
surface and are numerous, although they do not form a
continuous layer.

Suherites suberea, M.

Collected at Puffin Island, on the North side, 14th
January, ].888, and on the South Spit, March, 1888.

Cliona celata, J.

Baphijrus griffithsia, B.
Very common, boring in old shells and in the limestone
rocks, at Puffin Island.

Polymastia mammillaris, Johnston (PI. VI., figs. 1 — 3).

Spongia pe?iicillus, Montagu.

HalicJio7idria mammillaris, Johnston.
One small specimen of this Sponge was dredged in
Church Bay, near Holyhead, on the "Hyaena" Expedition
of 1886, and it is the first one which has been obtained in
the L.M.B.C. district, although the species had previously
been found at many points on the British coast. Johnston
gives the following localities : coast of Devon, Scarborough
and Strangford. Bow^erbank mentions Larne Lough,
Guernsey, Shetland, and the Orkney Islands. According
to Vosmaer,* it is found in the Atlantic, Arctic, Medi-
terranean and Adriatic Seas generally. The specimen from
Holyhead has a rounded basal mass of about 7 mm. in
diameter, and had apparently been fixed to a small stone.
Four papillge are given off, the largest of which is 8 mm.

* Vosmaer, "Sponges of the Willem Barrents Expedition, 1880 and 1881,"
in "Bijdragen tot de Dierkunde."

40 • LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

in height. I do not think it necessary to figure this
specimen, as figures of the entire Folymastia mammillaris
have been given by Johnston, Bowerbank and Vosmaer.
Vosmaer figures also a section through the basal mass and
one of the papillae. As the figure, however, is quite a low
power view, it does not show some points of interest which
I was able to make out in transverse and longitudinal
sections through two of the papillae. The papillae have the
form of tubes, in which the diameter of the central cavity
is about as large as, or slightly larger than, the thickness of
the wall. This central cavity gives off numerous recesses
into the wall, which come so close to the surface that only
a thin membrane, 0*02 mm. in thickness, is left separating
the cavity from the outer world (see figs. 2 and 3, PI. VL).
Seen from the surface those membranes are round or oval
in outline, with a diameter of 0*08 to 0'14 mm. Oscula
are not present either on the extremity of the papillae or
on their sides. The absence of oscula in the papillae agrees
with the generic characters of Folymastia given by Kidley
andDendy:* — "Genus Polyviastia, Bowerbank. Suberi-
tidae of massive, sessile form, with more or less numerous
mammiform processes on the upper surface, some of which
may bear oscula at their summits, but usually without
visible openings." Pores are most probably present in the
above mentioned thin membranes (pore membranes), but
I have not been able to see them satisfactorily.

The skeleton of Folymastia mammillaris has already
been sufficiently described by the above mentioned authors.
In the wall of the papillae we find bundles of large and
stout tylostyh (0'75— 0*8 mm. by 0-01— 0-012 mm.),
running parallel to the long axis of the papillae, and
further bundles of short and thin tylostyli (0"15 mm. by

* Ridley and Dendy, "Report on the Monaxonida collected by H.M.S,
CJiallenger," i^. 210. -- -

PORIFERA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 41 •

0'003 mm.) standing perpendicularly to the longitudinal
axis and projecting for half their length through the
ectoderm. One spicule of the former kind is given in fig.
1 a, PI. VI. ; one of the latter kind in fig. 1 h, PI. VI. In
regard to the arrangement of the spicules see figs. 2 and 3,
PI. VI.

Polymastia robusta, Bowerbank.

Dredged in Church Bay, near Holyhead, on the "Hyaena"
Expedition of 1886. The largest of the three specimens
has a flat basal mass, 5'5 cm. by 4 cm. in horizontal
expansion and 1"5 cm. in thickness. On one side it bears
between 30 and 40 papillae, which in the natural condition
probably are standing upright, but now have become
pressed down upon the basal mass. These papillae are
laterally compressed and vary greatly in size. The largest
measure 2 cm. in height and 7 mm. in breadth. They
taper towards the extremities, but there are no oscula
visible on their extremities. The dermal membrane
can very readily be torn off from the basal mass. The
colour of the specimens, w^hich have been kept in spirit for
nearly three years, is whitish. The skeleton consists of
styli, which are of two different sizes : 0*6 mm. by 0*01 mm.
and 0"17 mm. by 0*004 mm. The arrangement of the
spicules is similar to that of Polymastia mamrnillaris.

According to Bowerbank, Polymastia robusta is found
on the coast of Northumberland.

Order IV. TETRACTINELLIDiE.

Tethya lynciiriiwi, J.

Dredged in Church Bay, near Holyhead, on the " Hy^na"
Expedition of 1886. This species had not previously been
recorded in the L.M.B.C. district, although it is fomid,
according to Bowerbank, at various localities on the British

42 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

coast : Plymouth, Torquay, Guernsey, Diamond Ground
off Hastings. I may add the Chausey Islands, off the
Normandy coast, from which locality there is one specimen,
collected by Professor Herdman in 1882, in the Zoological
Museum of University College, Liverpool. Tethya lyncu-
rium has been found by Oscar Schmidt in the Adriatic Sea,
and by Vosmaer in the Adriatic, Mediterranean, and Arctic
Seas. A description of this well known sponge is not
wanted.

Seieiolid^, n. fam.

The tetractinellid sponge, described below under the
name Seiriola compacta, appears so different from all
described forms that I am obliged to found a new family
for it, the " Seiriolidae," called after St. Seiriol's Island, an
older name for Puffin Island. This new family belongs
clearly to the demus Streptastrosa, Sollas, since Seiriola
compacta is an astrophorous sponge in which one of the
microscleres is some form of spiraster. The three families
of the demus Streptastrosa, Sollas, are now as follows : —

Fam. 1. Theneid^ : "The ectosome never forms a
cortex ; the mesoderm is a collenchyma ; the
flagellated chambers eurypylous" (Sollas).*

Fam. 2. Pachasteellid^ : " Streptastrosa, in which
the chief megascleres are calthrops ; trisenes
being absent. The microscleres may be spiras-
ter s, spherasters or microrabds. The choano-
somal mesoderm is sarcenchymatous and the
chamber system aphodal" (Sollas).

Fam. 3. Seieiolid^ : The ectosome forms a cortex.
Chief megascleres triaenes. The choanosomal
mesoderm is cystenchymatous.

* Sollas, " Report on the Tetractiuellidae collected by H.M.S. Challenger,''
pp. 59 and 104.

POEIFEEA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 43

Seiriola* n. gen.
Characterized by the tylostyles of the ectosoiue. This
genus is formed for the single new species

Seiriola, compacta, n. sp. (PI. VII., figs. 1 to 3).

This sponge was found by Mr. Eutherford, Curator of
the Biological Station, Puffin Island, in June, 1888, in one
of the caves on the N.W. side of the island which are
exposed only at low spring tides.

The specimen forms a knob-like mass, like that of so
many tetractinellid sponges, and measures horizontally
4 cm. by 1*5 cm., and vertically 1*3 cm. It is dark grey
in colour and has a somewhat rough surface. A vertical
section through this sponge shows that the cortex
(which in this species is quite identical with the
ectosome) is extraordinarily well marked off from the
choanosome, and further examination shows that the
ectosome is both in regard to skeleton and to histological
structure, very different from the choanosome. The
spicules of the ectosome are tylostyles, and their shape
and arrangement reminded me at once of Polymastia 7na?n-
millaris, which sponge, of course, belongs to quite a
different group. These tylostyles measure from 0*1 to
0"38 mm. by 0*003 to 0*006 mm. They are arranged in
bundles, and project for about one-half of their length
through the ectoderm (see fig. 1, PI. VII.).

The skeleton of the choanosome consists of megasclera
and microsclera. The former show the following forms :
dichotriaena, orthotrisena, oxea, styli, strongyla, tylota.
The dichotriaena are very numerous, and are arranged
immediately beneath the ectosome, wdth their cladomes
directed towards the ectosome. The rhabdome measures
from 0*36 to 0*42 mm., the protocladus from 0*06 to 0*09

* From Seiriol, an early Welsh saint, wlio is said to have had his cell ou
Puffin Island.

44 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

mm., and the deuterocladus from 0*037 to 0*045 mm.
The orthotrisena are far less numerous and shghtly smaller
than the dichotrisena. They are also placed close to the
ectosome. The oxea are the most numerous spicules, and
are arranged in bundles, which take their origin in or
immediately beneath the region of the trisena, and stretch
vertically down through the whole depth of the choano-
some. Those oxea measure 0'34 to 1*5 mm. by 0*009 to
0*026 mm. Amongst them we find a few stylote, strongy-
lote and tylote spicules.

The microsclera are spherasters, 0*025 mm. in diameter,
and spirasters 0*012 to 0*016 mm. in length. Besides
those, I have found in sorae sections a third kind of
microsclera, which looked like the fragments of the narrow
blades of fret-saws, straight on one side, toothed on the
other, and a few which were toothed on both sides (see
fig. 2c, PI. VIL). These spicules measure 0*08 mm. by
0*0014 mm., but I do not think I have seen a complete
spicule of this kind. They were found in the choanosome
immediately beneath the ectosome.

A great part of the choanosome, especially the portion
in the neighbourhood of the ectosome, consists of a cys-
tenchymatous tissue, also called vesicular connective tissue
or bladder cells (" blasiges Bindegewebe" of German
authors). It has been already remarked by other authors
in various groups of the sponges, as by Yosmaer,* in Puhj-
mastia liemisphcerica, by Sollasf in F achy mat isma, &c.,
and also in some of the Lithistidae. A similar tissue is
known to occur in many Molluscs and in Tunicata.I

* Vosmaer, "Sponges of the Willem Bairents Expedition," 1880 and 1881.
" Bijdrageu tot de Dierkunde."

t Sollas, "Report on the Tetractinellidee, collected by H.M.S. Challenger,''
p. xxxix.

% W. A. Herdman, "Report on the Tunicata, collected by H.M.S.
Challenger," part i., p. 28 — 29.

PORIFERA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 45

I could not get a correct idea of the canal system of
Seiriola coinpacta. The figure on PI. VII. shows everything
I could make out in regard to this point.

Ecio7ie77ia po7iderosa, Bowerbank.

Found in the caves on the N.W. side of Puffin Island,
June, 1888.

Paclujmatisma johnstonia, Bowerbank.

Found in the caves on the N.W. side of Puffin Island,
June, 1888.

Order VI. CALCAREA.

Ascetta primorcUalis , Haeckel.

Collected at low tide at the south end of Puffin Island,
on 8fch September, 1888, by Professor Herdman.

The species is new to the district, although it is cosmo-
politan, and has been recorded by Haeckel from nearly
every part of the world.

Sycandra ciliata, Haeckel.

Collected at Isle of Man, August, 1886 ; common at
Puffin Island.

Sycandra compressa. Haeckel.

Common at Puffin Island. Some very fine specimens
were found hanging from the ledges of rock at the north
end, below the Biological Station.

46 liverpool biological society.

Explanation of the Plates.

hi. Bladder cells. o. Ova.

ch. Choanosome. os. Osculum.

ex. Ciliated chambers. p. Pores.

e. Ectosome. p.m. Pore membrane.

l.s. Longitudinal bmidles of spicules in transv. section.

Plate V.

Fig. 1. Baspailia steUigera, S., nat. size.
Fig. 2. Baspailia vimiiialis, S., nat. size.
Fig. 3. a., h. and c. Stylote spicules of Baspailia viviinalis,

S. (X 55). d. Spined spicule of the same (X 235).
Fig. 4. Portion of a transverse section through the middle

of the stem oi Baspailia viminalis (x 40).

Plate VI.

Fig. 1. Tylostylote spicules of Polymastia majmnillaris.

a. (X 100); h. (X 235).
Fig. 2. Transverse section through one of the papillae of

Polymastia mammillaris (X 100).
Fig. 3. Longitudinal section through one of the papillae of

Polymastia mammillaris (X 60).

Plate VII.

Fig. 1. Vertical section through Seiriola compacta, n. sp.

(X 100). [N.B. The third cladus of every trisena

has been left out as standing nearly at right angles

to the plane of the section.]
Fig. 2. Microscleresof >Sei?7'o/aco??i2^ac^rt,n.sp. rt. (xlOOO);

h. (X 1000); c. (500).
Fi^. 3. The cladome of a dichotrisena of Seiriola compacta^

n. sp. (X 200). ]N.B. The rhabdome must be

imagined as standing vertically upon the centre of

the cladome.]

^o*

Proc. L'pool Eiol. Soc

Vol. III. PL V.

FiA. 1-

FiA 2.

R. Hanitsch, del.

RASPATLIA STELLIGERA, Schmidt.

RASPAILIA VIMINALIS, Schmidb.

Proc. L'pool Biol. Soc.

Vol. in. PI. VI.

o/.

Fi^. 1.

k

FiA 2.

R. Hauitsch, del.

POLYMASTIA MAMMILLARIS, Johnston.

Proc. L'pool Biol. Soc.

Vol. III. PI. VII.

R. Hanitach, del.

SEIRIOLA COMPACTA, n. sp.

SECOND KEPOKT on the ECHINODEKMATA
of the L.M.B.C. DISTKICT.

By Herbert C. Chadwick.

(Communicated by Professor Herdman.)
[Read 8tli February, 1889.]

In the following pages I have incorporated with the
results of the work of the L.M.B.C, during the years
1886-7-8, my own observations on the Echinodermata
of Beaumaris Bay and the Menai Straits.

The total number of species obtained by the Committee
up to the present time is thirty-five, the additions to the
previous lists* consisting of five Asterids, viz., Stichaster
roseus, Asterias glacialis, Solaster endeca, Porania pulviUiis ,
and Luidia savignii, and one Holothurian, Cucumaria
planci. The Anglesey coast, fi-om Bangor eastwards,
round by Puffin Island to Holyhead, and the deep waters
off the southern end of the Isle of Man, have again yielded
most of the forms obtained. Though none of the species,
nor yet of the groups to which they are assigned, can be
said to be peculiar to any part of the L.M.B.C. district,
the Asteroidea appear, both as regards species and indi-
viduals, in greatest force in the latter locality, while the
Menai Straits are largely inhabited by four out of the
six Ophiurids recorded in our previous list.

The Echinoidea are inore generally distributed ; all the
recorded species being well represented in both the above-
mentioned localities; and the same remark applies fairly
well to the Holothuroidea.

* "Report upon the Crinoidea, Asteroidea, Echinoidea, and Holothuroidea,"
by Professor Herdman; and "Report upon the Ophiuroidea, by H. C. Chadwick,
in " Fauna of Liverpool Bay," vol. i., 1886.

48 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

My thanks are due to W. Percy Sladen, Esq., the Eev.
Canon A. M. Norman, and Professor Jeffrey Bell, for their
courteous assistance during the preparation of this report.

CKINOIDEA.

Family. Comatulid^.

Antedon 7'osaceus, Linck (sp.).

Comatula rosacea, Fleming, "Hist. British Animals,"
p. 490, 1828; Forbes, ''British Starfishes," p. 5. 1841.

This species was found to occur in large numbers, at a
depth of 10 fathoms, off Cemmaes Bay, North Anglesey,
during the "Hyaena" Expedition of 1886. It was also
taken in Ma}^, 1888, from a depth of 20 fathoms, off Port
Erin.. It occurs, too, off Bull Bay, on the north coast of
Anglesey.

OPHIUEOIDEA.

The successive dredging expeditions of the committee
have not resulted in the discovery of any new Ophiurids,
nor are there any new localities to record. I may, however,
mention a specimen of Ophiothrix pentaphyllum, which
I dredged from the Menai Straits, off Bangor, in August,
1887, and which agrees most remarkably with Forbes's
description of his Ophiocoma minuta. The disk measures
3 mm. in diameter, and is decidedly pentagonal. Its centre
is occupied by a white pentagon, which during life was
bordered by deep red. The remainder of its surface is
covered with short trifid spines, amongst which are a very
few spines of considerable length and resembling those of
the rays. The latter measured nearly 3"5 cm. in length.
Their colour was grey, mottled and belted with a rosy hue,
and the spines which fringe them partook of the same
colours. With this specimen only before me, I should be
inclined to support Forbes in regarding its characters as

ECHINODEBMATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTKICT. 49

distinctive, but having examined a number of examples of
the undoubted 3'oung of 0. i^entaplujllum in which con-
siderable variation was displayed, I have no hesitation in
referring our specimen to that variable species.

ASTEKOIDEA.

Family. Asteeiad^.
^Stichaster roseus, Miiller (sp.).

Asterias rosea, Miiller, "Zool. Dan. Prod.," p. 234,
No. 2837. 1776.

Crihella rosea, Forbes, "British Starfishes," p. 106. 1841.

Asteracanthion roseus, Miiller and Troschel, "Syst. der
Asteriden," p. 17. 1842.

This is perhaps the rarest of the five additions to our
list of Echinoderms in which the "Hyaena" expedition of
1888 resulted. It is a northern species, and an inhabitant
of deep water. The specimens under notice w^ere obtained
off the south-eastern corner of the Isle of Man, from a
depth of 20 fathoms.

Asterias ruhens, Linn.

This species is very abundant at Beaumaris, and not
uncommonly attains a very large size. I have seen at
least a dozen specimens which measured from 12 to 15
inches in diameter. These approached A . violacea in the
possession of numerous clavate spines, especially amongst
those bordering the ambulacra. In the deeper parts of the
Menai Straits, especially to the west of Garth Ferry, I
have on two occasions dredged numbers of small Asterids,
which, from the fact that they exhibit more or less
markedly some of the characters of ^. hispida, I have felt
inclined to refer to that species ; but, after carefully
studying a number of examples from Puffin Island, in
addition to those in my own collection, I have come to

6

50 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

the conclusion that I have before me simply a number of
the young of the species under notice.

Asterias glacialis, Linn. (sp.).

Uraster glacialis, Forbes, "Brit. Starfishes," p. 78. 1841.

In this species we have a second addition to our list of
Echinoderms. Specimens w^ere obtained from a depth of
20 fathoms, betw^een the Calf of Man and Port Erin Bay,
on 20th May, 1888, during the cruise of the "Hyaena."

Family. Solasterid.e.

Crihrella sangiiinolenta, Miiller (sp.).

Asterias sangulnolenta, Miiller, " ZooL, Dan. Prod.,"
p. 234, No. 2836. 1776.

Asterias oculata, Pennant, " Brit. Zool." vol. iv., p. 61,
No. 46. PL XXX., figs. 5, 6. 1777.

Crihella oculata, Forbes, "Brit. Starfishes," p. 100. 1841.

Echinaster oculatus, Miiller and Troschel, " Syst. der
Asteriden," p. 24. 1842.

I have frequently taken three or four specimens of this
species during an evening's ramble on the beach at
Beaumaris. The roots of Laminaria, at extreme lov^ v^ater
mark, seem to be its favourite haunt. I do not remember
having taken it in the dredge. My largest specimen
measures rather more than five inches in diameter, but
specimens of this size are not common.

Solaster endeca, Linn. (sp.).

In this species we have another addition to our list of
Echinoderms. It was taken on 20th May, 1888, from a
depth of 20 fathoms, off the south-eastern corner of the
Isle of Man, during the cruise of the " Hyaena."

Solaster papposa, Linn. (sp.).

This well known species occurs in considerable numbers
at extreme low water mark, at Beaumaris, where I have

ECHINODEKMATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 51

taken several specimens measuring eight inches in dia-
meter. Ahnost every specimen forms a habitat for a great
number of examples of the Caprellid Podalirius typicus,
which cling tenaciously to the paxillse by means of the
fourth pair of thoracic limbs, the fifth pair being spread
out behind, the sharp pointed terminal joints giving a very
firm hold.

Porania pulvillus, Miiller (sp.).

Asterias pulvillus, Miiller, '* Zool. Dan.," vol. i., p. 19,
PI. xix., figs, 1, 2. 1788.

GG7iiaster Ternpletoni, Forbes, "Mem. Wern. Soc,"
vol. viii., p. 118, PL iv., fig. 2. 1839.

Asteropsis pulvillus, Miiller and Troschel, " Syst. der
Asteriden, p. 14. 1842.

In this species we have the fourth addition to our list
made during the "Hyaena" expedition of 1888. It was
taken, with the three previously mentioned, from a depth
of 20 fathoms off the south-eastern corner of the Isle of
Man, and with them and the subjoined Luidia savignii
serves to show how rich and varied is the Echinoderm
fauna of that district.

Family. x\stropectinid.e.
Astropecten irregularis, Pennant (sp.).

Asterias irregularis, Pennant, "Brit. Zool." vol. iv.,
p. 61, No. 47. 1777.

Asterias aurantiaca, Miiller, " Zool. Dan. Prod.," p. 234,
No. 2831 (but not of Linnaeus). 177(3; Forbes, "Brit.
Starfishes," p. 130. 1841.

I have taken this species in the dredge fi'om a depth
of about ten fathoms in the Menai Straits, close to the
training ship "Clio," I have also found it cast ashore at
Southport.

6-2

52 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

It does not seem to be generally known that in the
genera Astropecten and Luiclia, a pair of " Tiedemann's
bodies" are present at the i^oint of junction of the stone
canal with the circnm-oral water vessel, where in Asterias,
Crihrella and Solaster there is but one. In Luidia the
members of each pair of these bodies are wider apart than
in Astro2Jecte7i.

Luidia savignii, Audouin (sp.).

Asterias savignii, Audouin; Savigny, "Histoire de
I'Egypte," p. iii. (1809) ; description (1828), vol. xxiii., p. 9.

Luidia fragiUssima, Forbes, " Brit. Starfishes," p. 135.
1841.

Luidia savignii, Miiller and Troschel, " Syst. der
Asteriden," p. 77. 1842.

Specimens of this fine Asterid were dredged from a
depth of twenty fathoms between the Calf of Man and
Port Erin Bay, on 20th May, 1888. The species had not
previously been obtained by the committee.

The pedicellari^ of this species are well described by
Kev. Canon A. M. Norman,* as ''short, broad, and tumid —
in fact, in the form of a nearly equilateral and equiangular
triangle." Some few examples, however, nearly approach
in form the same organs in Luidia sarsii, in which they
are '' much more elongated, narrow, and not tumid, and
have the outline of a somewhat produced isosceles
triangle." The pedicellarise of Luidia differ from those of
other Asterids in being composed of three valves or blades.

ECHINOIDEA.

The recent additions to our hst of Echinoderms do not
include any Echinoidea. Of the species recorded in Prof.
Herdman's Eeport of 1886, I have twice taken Echinus

* "On the Genera and Species of British Echinodermata," Ann. and Mag.
Nat. Hist., 3rd series, vol. xv. 1865.

ECHINODEEMATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTEICT. 53

esculentus on the shore, within two hundred yards of
Beaumaris pier, at times when the tide has been excep-
tionally low ; and from the deeper parts of Beaumaris Bay
I have frequently dredged specimens of Echinus miliaris
of much larger size than those recorded by Prof. Herdman.
A number of very fine specimens of Spatangus piirpui-eus,
some of them measuring 11 cm. across their longer
diameter, were dredged from a depth of 25 fathoms,
twenty miles S.E. of the Isle of Man, during the cruise
of the "Weathercock," in the summer of 1886, while
others were obtained off Bed ^^^arf Bay, during the
" Hyaena" expedition of the same year.

HOLOTHUEOIDEA.

The Holothurians submitted to me are referable to three
species. Of these Tkyonidium drimimondii and Cucumaria
hijndmanni were recorded in Prof. Herdman's first Eeport,
and are represented in the present collection, the former
by one specimen from the neighbourhood of Puffin Island,
and one from the "Hyaena" expedition of 1886; the
latter by three specimens taken from a depth of 20 fathoms
about twenty miles S.E. of the Isle of Man, during the
cruise of the "Weathercock," in the summer of 1886.

The third species is w^ell represented, and has, the Eev.
Canon A. M. Norman informs me, been mistaken by several
British authors, and was mistaken by myself, for Cucu-
maria pentacfes, a form which it very closely resembles.
Dr. Norman, however, identifies it as the Cucumai'ia planci
of Marenzeller.* It is now, I beheve, recorded for the
first time under its correct name as a British species.!
It occurs in considerable numbers in the deep waters
surrounding Puffin Island to the north-east.

* Abh. zool-hot. Ges. Wien, xxiv. (1874), p. 300.

+ Prof. Jeffrey Bell writes to Prof. Herdraan that he has seen specimens
from the south coast of England and the west of Scotland.

THTED EEPOKT on the COPEPODA of LIVEEPOOL
BAY (the L.M.B.C. DISTEICT).

By Isaac C. Thompson, F.L.S., F.R.:\[.S.
With Plate VIII.

[Read 8th March, 1889.]

In the two previous Eeports* on the marine Copepoda
of the district //if ?/ species were recorded. The second of
these reports was drawn up at the close of 1887, and it is
now most satisfactory to be able to record thirty -three
additions since that time, of which five are new to British
seas. As before, the majority have been taken by tow-net
in the open sea, or by hand-net from the rocky shore
pools seldom touched by ordinary tides.

A considerable number of the additional species we have
lately obtained from sand and mud brought up by the
dredge, and taken at low water in tidal pools, &c. Want
of success in this direction has probably arisen pre\aously
from washing the material in sieves which allow^ed many
of the very minute forms to escape with the water.
The method latterly adopted has been to place the solid
material direct into a very fine muslin bag, or into the
finest meshed tow-net itself. Tied at the top, the bag
is placed in a running stream of water, by which means
all the soluble portion and the very finely suspended mud
particles constituting the bulk of the mass are washed out.
On examining the residue in a saucer of water, numbers of
Copepoda are found floating upon the surface, which
washed in the ordinary way would have been lost, and

* See "Fauna of Liverpool Bay," kc, vol. i., p. 201, 1886 ; and " Proc.
L'pool Biol. Soc," vol. ii., p. 63, 1888.

THE COPEPODA OF LIVERPOOL BAY. 55

numbers of other species are found amongst the sand and
debris, being easily picked out under the microscope.

Professor Herdman has again also added to the record
several species taken from the branchial sacs of Ascidians,
and it is probable that still further additions to the list of
parasitic species will be made from the same source, this
branch of the subject not having been specially dealt with
hitherto.

The five species new to Britain are as follows : —

Pontella Jcrdyeri, Brady.

Giardella caUianassce, Canu.

Liclioynolgus cdbens, Thorell.

Cymhasoma rigiclum, Thompson.

Lerncea hranchialis, Linn.
Two night tow-nettings from Puffin Island contained
single specimens of Caligus rapax, a parasitic species
recorded by Dr. Byerley as occurring upon the Sapphirine
Gurnard, but not since taken. Like the Trehiiis caudatus,
alluded to in the last report, it seems probable that this
species is a free swimmer at night only.

Mr. Kutherford, the curator of the Puffin Island Bio-
logical Station, has continued to send tow-nettings taken
at various localities near the island whenever weather
permitted, and the majority of the newly recorded species
have been obtained from this source ; this being one of
the many ways in which the station has proved to be of
the greatest benefit in the investigation of our marine
fauna and flora.

Some of the species described for the first time in the
last report have again been found. Cyclops (Hersiliodes)
puffinl, has occurred sparingly, and Professor Herdman
has found Lichomolgus sahellce again, attached to its host,
the Sabella, this time in the sand near the landing place
at Puffin Island.

56 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

By means of a continued series of observations through-
out the seasons of the year, such as a biological station
affords, we are enabled to study the distribution not only
of the various groups but also of the different species. In
the case of the Copepoda, the facts as regards the species
are striking though difficult of explanation. A particular
species may be comparatively abundant at one time and
then appear to become extinct in the same locality.
Instances of this occur in the case of Fontella woUastoiii
and of Euterpe gracilis, two rare forms alluded to in the
last report as having been found off Puffin Island, and
for a time both frequently met with. For many months
past, however, neither species has occurred in the
c^atherings, though carefully looked for in the same
localities as heretofore.

A very striking example of the seeming propensity
of these minute Crustaceans to congregate in shoals was
noticed during the "Hyaena" expedition of May, 1888.
During the whole of the second day, whilst cruising near
the east and south coasts of the Isle of Man, viz. from
Douglas to Port Erin, the surface of the w^ater literally
swarmed with the large and beautiful Copepod, Anoma-
locera pater sonii. Each cast of the tow-net brought up
thousands of them ; they were so numerous as to be
distinctly visible to the eye on the smooth edge of the
waves, and had the appearance of fine dust as seen from
the side of the vessel. They were equally abundant during
the day and after sundown, but, strange to say, none were
to be found next morning, although we were traversing
the same route as that on which they were in such
profusion the previous day. Nor have we taken a single
specimen of Anomalocera since that date, nor for three
years previous to it, when a single pair was taken in the
open sea, near the North-west Lightship.

THE COPEPODA OF LIVERPOOL BAY. 57

It was natural to suppose that the animals might be
found at a greater depth, after having left the surface, but
such was apparently not the case, for while my tow-net
swept the surface, Mr. McMillan used a deep sea tow-net
of his own devising, allowing it to be drawn along while
at the bottom, and occasionally to pass up through the
intermediate depths. It is e"vadent that we have yet much
to learn as to the habits and distribution of these minute
Crustaceans.

In this connexion it may be important to notice the
extreme abundance of Sagitta in the tow-nets throughout
the year.

Family. Calanid^.

Pontella kroyeri, Brady.

One specimen, a fine male of this striking species, was
taken off Puffin Island in August, 1888. With the
exception of a few specimens which I found in the tow-
nettings sent from Malta by Dr. Bruce (Proc. Biol. Soc,
L'pool, vol. ii., p. 143), this species has been hitherto
recorded only from Australasia and the Philippine Islands
(Brady's "Challenger" Report on the Copepoda, p. 94).

Family. Hersiliid^.

Giardella caUianassce, Canu.

This new species is fully described by M. E. Canu in
" Bulletin Scientifique," series iii., September, 1888, p. 410.
The only specimen I have of it was taken by tow-net in
Liverpool Bay, during the " Despatch " expedition, 1886,
and finding it to be something new, I waited for further
specimens, in order to describe it fully. M. Canu has
formed the new family HersilUdce, including therein
three genera: Hersilia, Phillipi, Giardella, Canu, and
Hersiliodes, Canu. The genus Giardella comprises our

58 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

present species only ; the genus Hersiliodes includes two
species, Hersiliodes tliompsonii and H. puffini. The former
species he most courteously connects with my name, the
latter being the species hitherto known as Cyclops puffini,
which he considers to be more correctly included in
Hersiliodes than in the genus Cyclops. He thinks it
possible that my specimens of Hersiliodes j^^fffi^^^ ^^'^ ^^^
fully developed forms, the adult being yet unknown.
M. Canu figures three stages of Giardella callianassce ;
the specimen found in our district corresponds with the
second the "Cyclops" or less developed stage.

Family. Notodelphyid^.
Notodelphys allmani, Thorell.

Kotodelphrjs ascidicola, Allman. "Ann. and Mag. Kat. Hist.," vol. xx.,

pi. i., figs. 1—13 (1847).
Notodelphys ascidicola, Baird, "Brit. Entom.," p. 238, pi. xxx., figs. 7

and 8 (1850).
Xotodel2>hys allmani, Thorell, " Bidrag till Kaiinedomen om Krustaceer

som lefva i arter af Slagtet Ascidia," p. 31, tab. i. andii., fig. 1 (1859).

A few specimens, male and female, were found by Prof.
Herdman in the branchial sacs of the Ascidian, Ciona
intestinalis, dredged in the "Weathercock" expedition of
1886, and off the south end of the Isle of Man in the
"Hygena" cruise of 1888.

Doropygiis p>ulex, Thorell.

Found by Prof. Herdman in company with the preceding
species, and also in the branchial sac oi Ascidiella scabra,
dredged in Groudle Bay, Isle of Man; also in the branchial
sac of Ascidia pleheia, dredged from the "Hyapna," off the
Calf of Man, May, 1888, in tw^enty fathoms.

Doropygus poi'icauda, Brady.

One specimen of this species was amongst several of the

THE COPEPODA (3F LIVERPOOL BAY. 59

last preceding taken from the branchial sac of Ascidia
plebeia.

Botackus cylindratus, Thorell.

Found by Professor Herdman in the branchial sacs of
Ascidia mentula and Ascidia pleheia, from the Isle of Man.
About a dozen females were found, but only one male.

Family. Haepacticid^.
Ectinosoma spinipes, Brady.

Edinosoma melaniceps, Brady ami Robertson, "Ann. and Mag. Xat.
Hist.," p. 130 (1873).

Taken by tow-net, between Liverpool and Isle of Man,
from "Weathercock," August, 1886. Found in con-
siderable numbers in mud dredged from Soderick Bay,
Isle of Man, 1887 ; also from mud gathered at low water
at Llanfairfechan, on the Welsh coast opposite Puffin
Island.

Ectinosoma erythrops, Brady.

A single specimen of this species was taken by tow-net
off Puffin Island, January, 1888.

Brady typica, Boeck.

Found by Mr. W. S. McMillan, F.L.8., in quantities in
mud from the shore at Penmon Point, Anglesey ; also in
mud from Llanfairfechan shore. In material dredged at
Port Soderick, Isle of Man.

Tachidius brevicornis , Miiller.

In brackish water at the mouth of the Alt, near Formby,
May, 1888 ; also in mud taken from the shore at Penmon
Point.

Tachidius littoralis, Poppe.

Common in mud from Penmon Point, Anglesey, and
from Llanfairfechan shore.

60 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Stenhelia hispida, Brady.

Found sparingly in mud from Llanfairfechan shore,
February, 1889 ; also in rock pools at Hilbre Island,
March, 1889.

Stenhelia ima, Brady.

Canthocamptus rostratus, Claus, "Die frei-lebenden Copepoden," p. 122,
- t. xiii., figs. 5—8 (1863).

A single specimen was found in mud dredged by Mr.
Clubb, in Soderick Bay, Isle of Man, 1887.

Mesochra lilljehorgii, Boeck.

Taken by tow-net off Puffin Island, June, 1886.

LaopJionte thoracica, Boeck.

Taken sparingly by tow^-net near Puffin Island lately.

Laopho7ite lameUifera, Claus.

Cleta lameUifera, Claus, "Die frei-lebenden Copepoden," p. 123, t. xv.,
figs. 21—25 (1863).

Like the last species this has been recently taken very
sparingly by tow-net about Puffin Island.

Laoplionte curticauda, Boeck.

I found one specimen of this species in a tidal pool at
Hilbre, March, 1889.

Cletodes limicola, Brady.

Cletodes pectinata, Brady and Robertson, "Brit. Assoc. Report," p. 196

(1875).
Common in mud from shore at Penmon Point.

Cletodes longicaudata, Brady and Eobertson.

I Cletodes laticauda, Boeck, "Nye Slregter og Arter af Saltvands-Copepoder,"
p. 20 (1872).

Occurs sparingly in mud taken from Llanfairfechan
shore.

Cletodes propinqua, Brady and Eobertson.

Occurs very sparingly with the last species in mud taken
from Llanfairfechan shore.

THE COPEPODA OF LIVERPOOL BAY. 61

Enliyclrosoma ciirvatum, Brady and Kobertson.

Rhyzothrix curvafa, Brady and Robertson, "Brit. Assoc. Report, p. 19

(1875).

A number of this species were also found in mud from
Llanfairfechan shore.

Najuwpus palustris, Brady.

Another mud -frequenting species, althougli the first
specimen taken was by surface tow-net near Puffin Island,
in December, 1888. We have since found it sparingly in
mud from Llanfairfechan shore, and also in mud dredged
at Port Soderick, Isle of Man.

Platychelipus littoralis, Brady.

Numbers of this species, both sexes, were found by Mr.
W. S. McMillan, in mud taken from Penmon Point.

Tlialestris harpactoides , Glaus.

A few specimens were taken by tow-net from "Hyaena,"
in May, 1888, both at Douglas Bay, Isle of Man, and at
Port Erin. We have since found it off Puffin Island, and
m tidal rock pools at Hilbre Island ; also in mud taken
from the shore at Penmon Point.

Thalestris serrulata, Brady.

One specimen only, a female, of this extremely rare
species, I found in a tow-net gathering from Puffin Island,
in January, 1889.

Scutellidium tisboides, Claus.

One specimen only of this rare species was dredged in
Port Soderick, Isle of Man.

Scutellidium fasciatum, Boeck.

Porcellidium fasciatiim, Boeck, "Oversigt Norges Copepoder," p. 56 (1864).
Aspidivsfasciatus, Norman, "Brit. Assoc. Report," p. 298 (1868).

One specimen, found in a tidal pool at Hilbre Island,
March, 1889, appears unmistakably to belong to this

62 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

species. It has, however, minute nodules in the middle
of many of the setae of the swimming feet.

F amily . S apphirinid^ .

Licliomolgiis fiicicolus, Brady.

Frequent amongst algae on rocks around Puffin Island,
and occasionally taken there in surface tow-net.

Lichomolgus albens, Thorell.

A few specimens of this species, new to Great Britain,
have been taken by tow-net off Puffin Island.

Family. Artotrogid^.

Cycloplcera lata, Brady.

One specimen was dredged at Port Soderick, Isle of
Man, 1887.

Cycloplcera gracilicaudata, Brady.

One specimen was taken by tow-net at Puffin Island,
April, 1888.

'Dyspontius striatus, Thorell.

Mr. W. S. McMillan found one specimen in a tow-net
gathering from Puffin Island, May, 1888.

Family. Cymbasomatid^.

Cymhasoma rigldum, Thompson.

It is interesting to be able to record amongst those new
to Britain the capture of a single specimen of Cymbasuma
rigldum, the original species for which the family Cymba-
somatidae was first established, having been taken by
myself at the Canary Islands, in 1887. It occurred later
very sparingly in the material sent by Dr. Bruce from
Malta. Then a second species of the same genus, Cymha-
so77ia herdmanl, was found near Puffin Island, and it has
also been found by Mr. W. S. McMillan at Torbay, and in

THE COPEPODA OF LIVEBPOOL BAY. 63

large numbers by Mr. Sinel at Jersey. Still later, isolated
specimens of C. lierdmani and C. rigiduui have been fomid
in tow-nettings taken both in the Firth of Clyde and the
Firth of Forth. Both species appear to be widely distri-
buted, but rarely plentiful.

Family. Lern^id^.

Lerncea hrancliialis, Linn. (PI. VIII., figs. 1 — 6).

About a year ago two very minute Crustacea (fig. 1) were
taken in the tow-net off Puffin Island, which appeared
to be larval forms of a Leriiaxi. Since then two adult
specimens (one from the same locality) have been found,
apparently belonging to the same species as the larval
specimens. They agi'ee in the main with Lerncea hran-
cliialis, Linn., described and figured by Claus in his
" Beobachtungen ueber Lernseocera, Peniculus und Lernaea,
1868." The adult forms correspond in most particulars
with the male and female described by Claus, and I have
provisionally included them under this species. Our
specimens differ from those figured by Claus chiefly in
the form of the prehensile posterior antennae and in the
segmentation of the abdomen ; but as will be seen (PL
VIII. , figs. 1, 5 and 6), this animal appears to vary much
in these very particulars according to age and sex, and it is
therefore quite likely that Claus's specimens may repre-
sent slightly other stages of development. The group is
extremely interesting, as exhibiting progressive and retro-
gressive development, and deserves more attention than it
appears to have hitherto received. The female (fig. 6) is
about I-18th inch in length, the male rather smaller, and
the larval form (fig. 1) about half the size of the female.
I am indebted to our colleague Mr. Helenus Robertson
for kindly producing enlarged micro-photographs of this

64 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

and other species from my momited specimens, thus greatly
facihtating the task of subsequently drawing them. Fig. G
is taken from Mr. Kobertson's photogi'aph.

Description of Plate VIII.

Fig. 1. Lerncca hrancliialis, Linn., larval stage. X 250

Fig. 2. Anterior antenna of the same 400

Fig. 3. Larval stage, swimming feet 400

Fig. 4. Do. footjaw 400

Fig. 5. Adult male 250

Fig. 6. Adult female 250

Fxoc. L'pool Eiol. Soc

v^i. in. PI. VI IT.

Fig. 6.

Fig. 3.

I C. ThoinpsoB. del.

LEatT^A J3RANCHIALIS, Linn.

63

[From Proc. Biol. Soc. L'pool. Tol. II. Read 12th November, 1887.]

SECOND REPOKT on the COPEPODA of
LIYEEPOOL BAY.

By Isaac C. Thompson, F.L.S., F.E.M.S.
With Plates I. and II.

Since the last Eeport on the Marine Copepoda of the
district, thirty-one additional species have been recorded,
making fifty species altogether known to the district.
Four of them are new to Britain, three of them being
altogether new to science. Two of the other species have
not been before recorded in Britain for fifty and thirty
years respectively.

Some of the species noticed in the first Eeport as having
been found locally or sparingly have since proved to be
very common throughout the district. Of these may be
mentioned Pseudocalcnms elcngahis, Bias longiremis and
Oitho7ia spinifrons. Calami s finmarchiciis then alluded
to as not having been found nearer than the Isle of
Man, was subsequently taken b}^ tow-net, during the
"Weathercock" excursion, far out at sea, at about the
centre of the L. M. B. C. area, and has since been taken
off Puffin Island.

The establishment of the Biological Station on Puffin
Island has greatly aided tow-netting operations, and many
of the rarer forms obtained have been found in material
forwarded therefrom. Mr. Eutherford, the curator, collects
whenever the weather renders tow^-netting operations
practicable and forw^ards the material at once by post.
On a recent occasion, during the early morning hours of

5

64 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

a dark cold night, the tow-netting from Puffin Island
consisted of quantities of Tomopteris and Sagitta, with
only a few Copepoda. It is, however, noticeable that with
the exception of Trehius caudatus (referred to later) the
night collections have hitherto been little different from
those of the day. During the early spring of the present
year, I noticed on several occasions large quantities of
diatomaceous matter floating near the surface of the
sea, but it disappeared about May, and there has been
no observation of the gelatinous Algae referred to in last
Eeport about our coasts.

The thirty-one species recorded since the last Eeport
are as follows : —

Family Calanid^.

Paracalanus parvus, Claus.

This rare form, described by Claus in his work on the
marine Copepoda of Trieste, was taken by tow-net near
Puffin Island, in September, in the *' Gamecock" expedition.

Dias discaudatus, Giesbrecht.

Taken off the Anglesey coast by tow-net on the "Hyaena"
expedition.

Temora velox, Lilljeborg.

This brackish water species is probably somewhat
common in the district about salt marshes. Mr. W. S.
McMillan found it as far inland as Sefton, and we recently
together found it plentiful in the long narrow pools
immediately behind the Leasowe breakwater.

EurytemGra hirundo, Giesbrecht.

This rare form, hitherto unknown to Britain, was found
in two early morning gatherings, tow-netted by Mr. Clubb,
in the Crosby Channel, and was referred to at length in a
paper read before the Biological Society last session.

THE COPEPODA OF LIVERPOOL BAY. 65

Pontella ivoUastoni, Lubbock.

This species, with the last, was referred to specially in
a recent paper (Proc. L'pool Biol. Soc, vol. I., PL VI.) as
having been found during the "Weathercock" expedition,
the only previous record of its occurrence near Britain
being by Sir John Lubbock, who took it at Weymouth in
1857. It has since occurred during the past summer in
several gatherings taken around Puffin Island.

Farapontella hrcvicornis, Lubbock.

Found sparingly in the open sea, and more recently
around Puffin Island.

Isms clavipes, Boeck.

Taken on several occasions in the open sea some miles
from land. Neither Boeck nor Brady notice a pair of
remarkable trifid spines which occur one on each side of
the first abdominal somite of the female.

Family Cyclopid.e.

TlioreUia hrunnea, Boeck.

Found very sparingly i]i tlio open sea.

Cyclopina Uttoralis, Brady.
C. gracilis, Claus.

Both of these species of Cijclopina have been found in
recent tow-net gatherings about Puffin Island.

Cyclops piiffini, n. sp. (PI. I., figs. 1 to 9).

Length l-20th inch. Cephalothorax five jointed, the
first about as long as the remaining four. Anterior antennae
(fig. 2) six jointed and clothed wath fine setoe, the third
joint longer than any of the others. In the male the
second and third joints from the apex are very wide

QQ LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

at their terminations, strong spines proceeding therefrom.
Posterior antennae (fig. 3) terminated by several spines and
plumose setsE). Mandible (fig. 4) divided at apex into long
slender spinose teeth. Maxilla (fig. 5) furnished with
several plumose spines ; termination of palp has deeply
serrated edge. Footjaws (figs. 6 and 7) slender, with spines
at apex. First four pairs of swimming feet (fig. 8) two
jointed, the basal joint serrated on outer edge, outer
joint strongly spined. Fifth pair swimming feet (fig. 9)
composed of one joint only, with one side serrated, the
other having short setae and terminated by one single
spine and two serrated leaf-like spines. Abdomen three
jointed in both sexes ; the first joint is doubly toothed at
posterior angles ; second joint also toothed and shorter
than the others. Caudal segment about twice as long
as broad, with a seta about middle on each outer side, and
terminated by several setae, the largest on each side being
widely barbed near the apex and plumose below.

First found among the tow-net gatherings from "Game-
cock," taken off Puffin Island, and since found sparingly
in same locality.

Family Harpacticid^.

Longipedia coronata, Claus.

Common near coast line throughout the district.

Laophonte similis, Claus.
L. curticaiidata, Boeck.

Found in the peaty pools of submarine forest at
Leasowe.

L. serrata, Claus.

One specimen only of this rare species was taken
recently, by tow-net, off Puffin Island.

THE COPEPODA OF LIVERPOOL BAY. 67

Euterpe gracilis, Claus.

Several specimens of this rare form have been taken
about Puffin Island during the past summer. Brady, in
his ''Monograph of British Copepoda" (Eay Society,
1876 — 1879), states there have been pre\aously only two
known habitats for this species, viz. Heligoland, and
Kinsale harbour, Ireland. I recently found it about the
Canary Islands.

Dactylopus tishoides, Claus.
D. stromii, Baird.
Diosaccus tenuicornis, Claus.

These three species have been sparingly found by Mr.
W. S. McMillan and myself in the peaty pools about the
submarine forest, Leasowe.

Tlialestris claus ii, Norman.

T. rufocincta, Norman.

T. hiher?iica, Brady and Eobertson.

T. longimana, Claus.

These four species of Tlialestris I have found at various
times in the rock pools about Hilbre Island.

Westicoodia nohilis, Baird.
Eock pools at Hilbre Island.

Harpacticus fulvus, Fischer.

Eock pools at Puffin Island, also about Hilbre Island.

Peltidium interruptum, Goodsir.

Eock pools at Hilbre Island and by tow-net off Anglesey,
and frequently around Puffin Island.

Idya furcata. Baird.

At Penmaenmaur, in open sea and in tidal pools.

68 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Family Coryc^id^, Dana.

LicJiomolgus sahellw, n. sp. (PI. II., figs. 1 to 9).

Length, female 1-lOth inch, male l-15th mch. Body
ovate, first segment nearly half the length of the cephalo-
thorax. Eostrmn short and beak-like. Anterior antennae
(fig. 2) alike in both sexes, composed of seven joints, the
two basal joints large and strong and about equal in length
to the other five ; their edges are roundly serrated and curled
over, with several setae. The third joint has three long setae
on inner margin, and the terminal joint has several long
setae at apex. Posterior antenna (fig. 3) also alike in both
sexes, four jointed ; the second joint has four teeth placed
longitudinally; the terminal joint has several hooked claws
both at side and at apex, the latter having also several
long setae. The mandible is strongly toothed, the terminal
portion having three spines. The maxilla (fig. 4) has a
long process terminated by a blunt spine, and bearing on
each side a row of sharp teeth similar to those of the
mandible ; the other extremity has five digital spines.
Anterior footjaw (fig. 5) two jointed ; the second joint
terminated by four short spines. Posterior footjaw two
jointed ; that of the male (fig. 7) is terminated by a long
falciform claw, similar to that of L. fucicolus, Brady,
that of the female (fig. 6) is elongated and terminated by
three claw-like spines. Swimming feet of the first four
pairs are two branched (fig. 8), each branch three jointed
and bearing several spines and plumose setae. The fifth
feet (fig. 9) in both sexes are composed of one short
straight joint terminated by two spines. Abdomen is five
jointed in each sex ; the first joint nearly equal in length
to the remaining four and much broader, especially in the
male. The caudal segments are parallel and about three

THE COPEPODA OF LIVERPOOL T3AY. 69

times as long as broad, and each terminated by four setae,
in addition to a small seta about the middle of outer edere.
Several specimens of this strongly marked species were
sent to me by Mr. Herbert Chadwick of Manchester,
adherent upon a species of Sabella fomid on the Beaumaris
beach, and of which he informs me all the specimens
he found were similarly infested. Although preser\^ed in
alcohol the crustaceans tenaciously adhered by their
hooked antennsB to the tentacles of the Sabella, from which
it required some force to remove them. The females
were the most plentiful, though several of both sexes
were on a single worm. The species is easily distinguished
by its long narrow ovisacs and remarkable antennae ; it is
of a greyish brown colour.

Family Artotrogid.e.

Acofitiojyhorus scufatiis, Brady and Eobertson.

One specimen only found on Algai in rock pools at
Hilbre.

Family Caligid^e.

Trehius caiidatus, Kroyer (PL 11. , fig. 10).

A few specimens of this parasitic species were found
in recent night tow -nettings taken off Puffin Island.
Baird gives a small figure of it in his ''Natural History
of the British Entomostaca" (Ray Society, 1849). He
states that it was found on a skate in Belfast Lough, by
Mr. Wm. Thompson, in 1837, since which time it does
not appear to have been recorded. The few specimens I
have found being all taken at night would seem to indicate
that it is only then a free swimmer.

70 liverpool biological society.

Family Cymbasomatid^.

Cijynhasoma herdmani, n. sp. (PL I., figs. 10 to 12).

Length 1-lOth inch. Cephalothorax nearly the same
width throughout, truncated at each end, five jointed, the
first joint heing nearly equal in length to the remaining
four. Anterior antennae of male (fig. 11) five jointed,
strong and muscular — the fourth joint being nearly equal
in length to the preceding three ; there is a hinged joint
between the fourth and terminal. There are several spines
and setae throughout the antennae, the apex bearing a
terminal claw. First four pairs of swimming feet alike in
structure (fig. 12), the basal joint very large. Both
branches three jointed, and clothed with strong spinose
setae. Abdomen of male five jointed, gradually getting
smaller, the fifth being wedge-shaped laterally. Caudal
segments divergent and stumpy, a little longer than broad,
each terminated by six spinose setae.

One specimen only, a male, was found in an autumn
night's tow-netting, taken off Puffin Island ; and I have
since found another in a tow-net gathering sent from
Malta by Dr. Bruce. The only hitherto known species of
this genus, C. rigidum, Thompson,* was taken by tow-net
off Teneriffe.

It is with peculiar pleasure that I name this species in
honour of my friend Professor Herdman, the founder of
Puf&n Island Biological Station, to whom I am indebted
for help on many occasions.

* Described in a pnper read before Liiinocan vSoc., London, Xov. 17, 1887.

X

150 diams

250

250

400

400

400

400

the copepoda of liverpool bay. 71

Description of Plates.

Plate I.

Cyclops puffinl, n. sp., female,

Anterior antenna of do.

Posterior antenna of do.

Mandible of do.

Maxilla of do.

Anterior footjaw of do.

Posterior footjaw of do.

One of third pair swimming feet of do. 400 ,,

One of fifth pair swimming feet of do. 400 ,,

Cymhasoma herdmani, n. sp., male, 150 ,,

Anterior antenna of do. 250 ,,

One of swimming feet of do. 250 ,,

Plate II.

Fig. 1. Lichoynolgus saheUce,n.si[).,iema}e, x 150 diams.

Fig. 2. Anterior antenna of do. 250

Fig. 3. Posterior antenna of do. 250

Fig. 4. Maxilla of do. 400

Fig, 5. Anterior footjaw of do. 400

Fig. 6. Posterior footjaw of do. 400

Fig. 7. Posterior footjaw of male, 400

Fig. 8. One of fom^th pair of swimming feet, 400

Fig. 9. One of fifth pair of do. 400

Fig. 10. Trebins caudatus, Kroyer, 150

Fig.

1

Fig.

2

Fig.

3

Fig.

4

Fig.

5

Fig.

6

Fig.

7

Fig.

8

Fig.

9

Fig.

10

Fig.

11

Fig.

12.

Proc. L'pool Biol, Soc

Ycl. II. Fl. I.

I. C, Thompson, del.

CYCLOPS FUFFIiNi, n. sp. Figs. 1 - - 9.
CTMBASOMA HE RDM AN I, a. sp. Tigs, 10 — 1-

Proc. Lpccl Biol; Soc,

Vol. 11. Fl. II,

Fig- 3.

Fig 9,

I, C. Thompson, del

LICHOMOLGUS SABELI^S n. sp. Figs 1 - 9.
TREBIUS CAUDATUS, Kroyer, Fig. 10.

171

[From rroc. JJiul. Sue, L'liool. Vol.11. 1«S8,] \/ -, ^ -

KEPOKT on the CKUSTACEA of LIVERPOOL BAY,

1886—1887.

By Alfked O. Walked, J. P., F.L S.
With Plate XIII.

[See "Report on Fauna of Liverpool Bay," pp. 212 to 221.]

The species enumerated in the following list were taken
by dredging in the following localities : —

I. In the Turbot Hole, about 17 fathoms deep, close to
Puffin Island, from the ''Hysena," on 12th June, 1886.

II. At two points between Liverpool and the Isle of
Man, 20 and 30 fathoms deep respectively, from the
"Weathercock," on 28th August, 1886.

III. At a point between Liverpool and Puffin Island,
off the west coast of the Constable Bank, from the
''Gamecock," on the 3rd September, 1887. This was the
British Association dredging excursion.

The species taken on these occasions are indicated b}^
the above numbers affixed to them.

In addition to these, dredging was carried on occasionally
in shallow water (3 to 5 fathoms) in Colwyn Bay ; on one
occasion with considerable success (24th May, 1887), using
a small dredge having the lips masked with pieces of wood,
so as to prevent it from digging up the sand, and the net
lined with canvas.

Some species were also taken on the shore at low water
of spring tides at Colwyn Bay.

Species not previously recorded are marked (*).

Amphipoda.
*0)'cJiestla gammarelliis, Pallas, -= 0. llttorea, Leach.
In immense numbers under stones on grass above high

172 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

water mark, in company with Coleoptera {Bemhidimn, &c.),
near Tal-y-Cafn, on the Conway. A female was taken at
low^-water mark, Penmaen, Colwyn Bay, 13th April, 1888,
having probably gone to sea to deposit her ova.

*Hyale Nilsoni, Kathke, = AUorcliestes Nilssonii, Bate.
One specimen in a large gathering of G. locusta from Hilbre
Island, made by Mr. I. C. Thompson, on 15th November,
1886.

* Ly siajiassa lojigicornis, IjmcSjS. Two females (I). Taken
in the same locality last year, and wrongly referred to
L. costce (see Eeport I., p. 212).

*Tryphosa ciliata, Sars ('' Oversigt af Norges Crust.,"
p. 81, pi. iii., fig. 4). Two specimens were obtained by
placing a quantity of fragments of shells brought up by the
dredge in a glass jar filled with sea water, when they
swam out. The colour, which is milk white, is very pro-
tective among broken shells. Sars says that this species
may be distinguished from T. nana, Kr., by its more
compact form, by the strongly projecting lateral lobes of
the head, and by having the fourth segment of the pleon
depressed (PL XIII. , figs. 1 — 4).

^Harpinia pliunosa, Kroyer, =^ Phoxus plumosus. Three
specimens (II and III).

*Pontocrates Noncegicus, Boeck, = Kroyera arenaria,
Bate. One specimen in a tidal pool at Penmaenrhos,
Colwyn Bay. Flagellum of lower antennae in this case
longer than the animal. Colour hyaline. Eyes bright red
under a network of pure white.

*Urothoe elegans, Bate. A specimen taken by Mr. I. C.
Thompson in the tow-net off Puffin Island, at night,
October, 1887. The pink colour was well preserved in
Dean's solution.

Pleustes hicuspis, Kroyer, and Calliopius bidentotus,

THE CEUSTACEA OF LTVEEPOOL BAY. 173

Norman. It appears to me that these are one species,
agreeing as far as I can see in all respects both with
Boeck's description and Kroyer's figure and description of
AmpJiitJwe bicusjns in his ''Gronlands Amphipoder." On
the other hand there can be little doubt that Mr. Spence
Bate has erred in referring his Pherusa hicuspis to that
species. The form of the wrist (carpus) and hand (propodos)
of both gnathopods, as shown and described both in the
British Museum Catalogue and the "British Sessile Eyed
Crustacea," is alone sufficient to show that the species in
question cannot belong to the genus Pherusa, as limited
by this author. In Pherusa the wrist of the gnathopods
is narrow and as long as the hand, while in P. hicuspis it
is short and produced backward, as shown in the figure. +
Moreover Canon A. M. Norman informs me that the name
of C. hidentatus was originally given in MS. by Mr. Spence
Bate himself, who must therefore have recognized it as
distinct from his Pherusa hicuspis. Whether it should be
referred to Pleustes or Calliopius is a more difficult question.
It is one of the commonest species in Liverpool Bay, and
is found at all depths down to 30 fathoms, becoming more
abundant as the depth increases. It varies much in colour,
being pure white, freckled with red, or olive green. The
long upper antennae are generally barred with red. (I, II
and III).

Pleustes hicuspis, Kroyer, " Gronlands Amphipoder,"
Danske Yid.-Selsk. Afhandlung \\\\., 1838.

Paramphithoe hicuspis, Bruzelius, Skand. Amphip.
Gamm., 1859, p. 73.

Paramphithoe hicuspis, A. Boeck, Crust. Amph. Bor.
und Arct., 1870.

t I have examined the type specimens in the British ]\Iuseum and find that
they agree with the fignre in the Brit. Sess. Eyed Crust., but not with Kriiyer's
and Boeck's figure and descriptions of Amphithoc hicusjyis.

174 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOG-ICAL SOCIETY.

AmpliWiopsis hicuspis, A. Boeck, Forhandl. ved de
Skand. Naturf., 8 de Mode, 1860.

Calliopius hidentatus, Norman, Nat. Hist. Trans.
Northumberland and Durham, 1867 ^not described] .
Mcintosh, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser,, vol. xiv.,
p. 268.

Non PJierusa hicuspis, Sp. Bate, Cat. Amph. Crust.,
Brit. Mus., 1862; and Sp. Bate and Westwood, Brit. Sess.
Eyed Crust., 1863.

Head furnished with a very small beak. Body elongate;
epimera much smaller than in Pleustes imlchellus, Kr. ;
back rounded. First and second segments of the pleon
having each a spine in the middle of the hinder margin.
Lower hind angle of the third segment of the pleon
curved upvv^ards and acute. Antennae long. The hands
of the first and second feet (gnathopods) large and oval,
and armed along the edge with slender spines. The
last pair of uropods ha\ang the inner branch more than
twice as long as the peduncle. Telson elongate, oval.
Length 6.5 mm. — Boeck, Skand. og Arkt. Amphipod.,
1876, J)- 308. The upper antennae have the first joint of
the peduncle as long as and much thicker than the two
following. The flagellum is long and slender, and generally
has the joints alternately red and white in lengths of five
to nine joints. The first joint is as long as the three
following. The peduncle of the lower antennae is much
longer than that of the upper, the first two joints together
being about equal in length to the third, which is equal
in length to but thicker than the fourth. The first and
second gnathopods are almost exactly alike. In addition
to the long spines (about five in number) with which the
palms are armed, there are also some shorter spines and
hairs ; all these appear to be arranged along the two edges
of the groove in which the finger folds. The last pereiopods

THE CRUSTACEA OF LIVERPOOL BAY. 175

have the lower hmder angle of the iiierus joint prolonged
downwards nearly half the length of the carpus. The spine
on the first segment of the pleon is much shorter than that
on the second, and is sometimes almost obsolete (PI. XIII.,
figs. 5—9).

D ex amine spinosa, Mont. A very large specimen,
approaching in size examples fL'om the Arctic Sea, was
taken m a tidal pool at Khos Bay, 18th June, 1886.

Atylus Schioammerdamii, M. Edwards. A specimen
taken at (I) differed from the common shallow water form
in being larger, freckled with brown, and having brilhantly
white eyes.

Halirages (Atylus) bispinosus, Bate. A few imperfect
specimens in a gathering dredged by Mr. E. D. Darbishire,
off Fleetwood, in 7 fathoms, October, 188G. The bulk of
the gathering consisted of Gammarus locusta and Atylus
Schwaiiwierdami i .

Calliope leviuscula, Kr. Specimens collected by Mr.
I. C. Thompson at Penmaenmawr are darker in colour than
those from Colwyn Bay.

Pherusa fucicola, Bate. I have some doubt whether the
species recorded under this name in the first Report be not
the young of C. leviuscula.

Gammarus marinus, Leach. A few female specimens at
low water, Penmaenrhos, 23rd April.

*Mccra longimana, Leach. One female (I).

*Cheirocratus SundevalU ^= Lilljehorgia Shetlandica,
Bate. (I). Colour, when alive, white mottled with bright
red, the spots densest on the top of the head. There is a
double tooth at the lower distal angle of the second joint
of the peduncle of the lower antennae. Another, male
specimen, taken in the "muzzled" dredge in 3 fathoms,
Colwyn Bay, 24th May, 1887.

Aviatliilla Sabini, Leach. Two specimens of the large

11

176 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

form of this species (the largest about one inch long),
taken on the shore, Colwyn Bay, April and May, 1887.
The young differ materially from the adult form in wanting
the dorsal carina, and in the form of the last uropods.
Mr. Stebbing considers Grayia imhricata, Bate and
Westwood, to be this young form.

StenotJioe (Montagua) marina, Bate. One specimen
from Fleetwood, 7 fathoms (E.D.D.).

Metopa Alderi, Bate. Penmaenrhos, April, 1887. Pen-
maenmawr (I. C . T . ) •

* Ampelisca equicoDiis, Bruzelius. Several specimens at
(II). This species is nearly allied to A. tenuicornis, Lillje,
of which, as Sars t has pointed out, T etronwiatus typicus,
Sp. Bate, and A. Gaimardl, Sp. Bate, are the male. The
female may be distinguished by the length of the upper
antennae, which are much longer than the peduncle of the
lower, and both sexes by the absence of the tufts of hairs
on the under side of the peduncle of the upper antennae,
and the upper side of that of the lower antennae. Boeck
says that the back is not carinate in this species ; but in a
large female specimen among the above a slight carina in
the pleon can be seen. The length of this specimen is
about 14 mm. Boeck gives 5 nmi. as the length of a
female with ova.

^Ampelisca Icevigata, Lillje, = A. Belliana, Bate and
Westwood. One specimen at (II). Several in the
''muzzled" dredge, Colwyn Bay, 3 fathoms, 24th May,
1887. It has the habit of floating on the surface of the
water.

^Hap)loops tuhicola, Lillje. One specimen at (II), found
in sand ttiken home for examination (for shells) by Mr.
F. Archer.

Photis (Eiscladus) longicaudatus, Bate ('?). One female

+ '"Oveisigt af Norges Crustaceer."

THE CEUSTACEA OF LIVERPOOL BAY. 177

with ova at (I), May, 1885. Boeck refers this to P.
Beinhardi, Kroyer, while Mr. Norman considers it to be
identical with P. Liitkeni, Boeck. Neither species has the
last uropoda as long as shown in the Brit. Sess. Eyed
Crustacea. This species was recorded in error from Colwyn
Bay in the first Keport. Mons. Chevreux (Assn. pom^ I'av.
des Sci., Blois, p. 314) also notices the length of the last
m'opods in Bate and Westw^ood's figm-e as being much
greater than in the specimens taken by him on the coast
of Brittany, and suggests that Eiscladus hrevicaudatus,
Norman (Eeport on Deep Sea Dredgings on the Coasts of
Northumberland and Durham, 1864), might be the species
he has taken. Mr. Norman informs me that a specimen
was so named by Mr. Spence Bate, but no description was
ever published.

*Photis tenulcornis, Sars, ''Oversigt af Norges Crus-
taceer," Christiania Videnskab. Forhandl., 1882. One
specimen (a male) of this species, not hitherto recorded in
Great Britain, taken at low water mark, among Algae, &c.,
at Penmaenrhos, Colwyn Bay, 8th April, 1887. It may be
distinguished from the other species by the shape of the
hand of the first gnathopods, which has a concave edge,
while that of the others is convex; by the lower angle
of the hand being nearer to the base than to the distal
extremity ; and by the antennae being less thickly clothed
with hairs.

Aora gracilis, Bate. (Ill) ; Black Point, Anglesey, at
low water, October, 1887.

* Gavimaropsis enjthrophthahnus, Lillje. Eurystheus
erythrophtlialmus. (I and II) ; also at Colwyn Bay. Eather
common. Colour, pale green with scarlet eyes.

Podocerus falcatus, Mont. Puffin Island ; abundant at
low water of spring tides, September, 1887. Boeck refers
P. pulchellus and P. pelagicus to this species.

11-2

178 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Cerapus ahditus, Templeton. Black Point, Anglesey,
low water. One female.

ISOPODA.

^Jcera Nordynanni, Eotlike. Under stones, Penmaenrhos,
27tli June, 1887. Very variable in colour.

CUMACEA.

^JDiastijUs Brady i, Norman (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.,
5th series, vol. iii.). One speciinen (a female), in 3 fathoms,
Colwyn Bay, 24th May, 1887, in the "muzzled" dredge.
In my specimen the sides, as well as the ventral surface,
of the fourth, fifth and sixth segments are spinous, and the
posterolateral margin of the fifth is produced backwards
about half way between the ventral and dorsal suface
(i.e. on the side), and terminates in a strong spine with a
smaller spine close below it (PL XIII. , figs. 10 and 11).
The only previously recorded locality for this species is
Lough Swilly, Co. Donegal, where it was dredged in
15 fathoms, during the "Porcupine" expedition in 1869.
Mr. Norman informs me that it has been also taken on the
Northumberland and Durham coasts.

PODOPHTHALMATA.
SCHIZOPODA.

*Mysis vulgaris, Thompson. Taken in considerable
numbers by Mr. F. Archer, at the mouth of the river Alt,
in brackish water. A large proportion of the specimens
had the telson deformed, as described in a previous number
of the Liverpool Biological Society's Proceedings.

*Mysis Lamornce, Couch. One specimen, in 3 fathoms,
Colwyn Bay, 24th May, 1887, in the "muzzled" dredge.
A pretty species, with bright red thorax, maxillae and
maxillipedes, and a red spot on the last abdominal segment
before the telson.

the crustacea of liverpool ray. 179

Macroura.

*Palcemon sqtcilla, Linn. One specimen (female with
ova), taken in a tidal pool at Beaumaris, by Mr. H. C.
Chadwick, July, 1878.

Pandalus hrevirostris. (II).

Hippolyte pusiola, Kroyer. (II). Several specimens;
carapace banded with red. The wrist of the second pair
of legs has seven joints (and not four as described by
that author), being one more than in the same limb in
H. Cranchii, from which it is also distinsfuished bv havincf
a pointed rostrum. (See Kinahan, in Kat. Hist. Review,
1857, p. 159, pis. ix. and x.)

IIi2)polijte Cranchii, Leach. One specimen, 3 fathoms,
Colwyn Bay, May, 1887.

^Grangon (Steiracrangon) AUmanni, Kinahan. (II).
Several specimens. Colour, greyish white, freckled with
light red.

Crangon trisp>inosus, Hailstone. Colwyn Bay, April,
1887, at low water, spring tide.

Crcmgon fasciatiis, Risso. Colwj'n Bay, two specimens,
dredged in 3 fathoms, 24th May, 1887.

'^Palinurus vulgaris, Latreille. A fine specimen in the
Grosvenor Museum, Chester, is said to have been taken in
the Isle of Man.

Homarus vulgaris, M. Edwards. A very large specimen,
the hands measuring 9 inches in length ; taken from under
a rock in Rhos Bay, 1886.

Galatkea intermedia, Lillje. (II). Rather common.

AXOMOURA.

Pagurus cuanensis, Thompson. (II). Several specimens.
The shells inhabited were all covered with the sponge
(Suherites doinuncula, Schmidt), characteristic of this
species.

180 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

*Pagurus Icevis, Thompson. One specimen, from Douglas,
1886.

Porcellana platycheles, Penn. Abundant in spring, 1886,
at Penmaenrhos. Mr. H. C. Chadwick, in lit., says, "Up
to the summer of 1877 this species was well represented at
extreme low water mark at Beaumaris. Since that time,
however, I have not seen one." (See Keport I.)

Brachyura.

Ehalia tuherosa, Penn, =^ E. Pennantii, Leach. (II).
Two males.

Ehalia tumefacta, Mont., = E. Bryerii, Leach. (II).
Several specimens.

*Portimus holsatus, Fahr. Two specimens, dredged by
Mr. H. C. Chadwick, in 10 fathoms, near Garth Ferry,
Menai Straits, 1887.

Portumnus latipes, Penn. Not uncommon on the shore
at Colwyn Bay, in July, 1887. It makes a complicated
track on the sand, at one end of which is a small depressed
mound, under w^hich the crab is found about 3 or 4 inches
below the surface. The broad last joint in the hind legs of
this species seem to be used for burrowing rather than
swimming. One kept for some weeks in an aquarium never
attempted to swim.

PiUimnus hirtellus, Leach. One specimen, dredged off
Penmon, Anglesey (Chadwick).

*XantJio rivulosa, M. Edwards. One specimen, taken
at extreme low water mark at Beaumaris, July, 1878, by
Mr. Chadwick, who writes, "It was almost buried in
gravelly mud. I have since searched diligently for it many
times without success."

Eurynome aspera, Penn. (11). Two specimens.

Inachus Dorsette7isis, Leach. (II). Two specimens.

Proc. L'pool Biol. Soc.

Vol. II. PI. XIII.

ALfred.O. Walker del.
Pcii'ker&. Cow^r cllith.

West.Tfe-wman^iCo. iinp.

TRYPHOSA CILIATA(Sars), F19.I-4
PLEUSTJ3S RICUSPISCKroyer) .. 5-9
DIASTYLIS RRADYlCNormaan) ,. 10-11

THE CRUSTACEA OF LIVERPOOL BAY. 181

Description of Plate XIII.

Fig.

1.

Head of Tryphosa ciliata.

Fig.

2.

First gnathopod of do.

Fig.

3.

Second do. do.

Fig.

4.

Third segment of pleon.

Fig,

5.

Pleustes hicuspis, Kr.

Fig.

6.

Mandible of do.

Fig.

7.

Maxillipede.

Fig.

8.

First gnathopod.

Fig.

9.

Telson.

Fig.

10.

DiastyUs Bradyi, Norman,
segments.

Fig.

11.

Penultimate segments of ab

Head and thoracic

APPENDIX to THIED KEPOET on the COPEPODA
of LIVEEPOOL BAY (the L.M.B.C. DISTEICT).

By Isaac C. Thompson, F.L.S., F R.M.S.

With Plate IX.

[Read lOtli May, 1889.]

Since the Third Eeport on the Copepoda of Liverpool Bay
was published, a new and interesting species of Copepod
was taken by the dredge in Port Erin Bay, Isle of Man,
during the fifth cruise of the "Hysena," in April, 1889.
Several specimens, all fcDiales, some having ovisacs, were
found by both Mr. W. S. McMillan and myself in washings
of muddy sand dredged from five fathoms. Besides a large
number of Amphipoda, a few other species of Copepoda
were found, amongst which were a number of specimens of
Ectinosoma spinipes, Brady, which in general appearance
the new species much resembles. It differs, however,
from the characters of the genus Ectinosoma in several
important particulars, especially in the anterior and
posterior antennae and in the form of the fifth foot. In
these and other particulars it so nearly agrees with the
general form and generic characters of Jonesiella, Brady,
that I have placed it in this genus. After careful dissection,
however, I am unable to make out any jointing whatever
in the anterior antennae, except one joint near the apex,
and the animal is too minute and fragile to allow of the
use of potash or any other clarifying medium which might
disclose further structure. Another point of difference is in
the inner branch of the first pair of swimming feet, which
in Jonesiella has only two joints, while all the specimens
of this species we have dissected have three joints. But I

7

66 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

think that these points should constitute specific rather
than generic differences when the other more important
characters agree, and I therefore prefer to shghtly modify
an existing genus rather than make a new one.

I have named this species after the steamer "Hyaena,"
belonging to the Liverpool Salvage Association, who have
on many occasions most courteously placed that vessel at
the disposal of Professor Herdman for the work of the
L.M.B.C.

Family. Harpacticid^.

Jonesiella hycence, n. sp. (PL IX., figs. 1 to 10).

Length l-30th inch. Body ovate, of nearly equal thickness
throughout; head and first thoracic segment coalescent.
Eostrum (fig. 4) long and spatula like; rounded anteriorly.
Anterior antennae (fig. 2) broad at base with cleft on each
side near the base, then widening and surmounted by a
tree-like crown, having a second segment at apex and
several spinose and plumose setae. Posterior antennae
(fig. 3) two branched, the outer branch being two jointed.
The lower joint has two short plumose spines; the apical
joint is edged on cuter side with short spines, and has
several long spinose setae at the apex. The inner branch
is short (joints not made out), and is terminated by two
long plumose setae. Mandibles (fig. 5) broad and strongly
toothed; palp of one short stout joint and bearing several
long and short spines. First footjaw (fig. 6) much resem-
bles that of Jonesiella fusifo?'7?iis, Brady and Robertson.
Second footjaw (fig. 7) two jointed, bearing a finely curved
narrow clawed hand, the latter being jointed near the
centre. The first joint has two or three short plumed
spines at the apex; the second joint is finely ciliated on its
inner margin. First pair of swimming feet (fig. 8) have
three joints to each branch, the inner branch being rather

Proc. Lpool Biol. Sec.

Vol. III. PL IX.

Fig.l

FiA. 8.

I. C. Thompson, del.

Fig. 5.

JONESIELLA HT^N^, n. sp. Figs. 1 to 10.

THE COPEPODA OF LIVERPOOL BAY. 67

longer than the outer; outer margms of all the joints
fringed with spines, the lateral and terminal spines being
plumose. The inner side of the base of each of the first
pair bears a short stout spine curved at the end. The
second, third and fourth swimming feet (fig. 9) have both
branches three jointed and are spinose like the first. The
fifth pair of swimming feet (fig. 10) have two large rounded
foliacious joints and a smaller one at outer side, each edged
all round with fine cilia, the large joints bearing several
long and short spear shaped spines, plumose near the apex.
Caudal segments very short and broad and appear like a
divided abdominal segment terminated on each side by two
spear shaped spinose setae, plumose near the apex, the
inner ones considerably longer than the outer, and
narrowed at the base.

Explanation of Plate IX.

Jonesiella hycejice, n. sp.

Fig. 1. Adult female x 250 diams.

Anterior antenna 500

Posterior antenna 500

Eostrum 500

Mandible and palp 500

First footjaw 500

Second footjaw 500

First swimming foot 500

Third swimming foot 500

Fig. 10. Fifth swimming foot 500

Fig.

2.

Fig.

3.

Fig.

4.

Fig.

5.

Fig.

6.

Fig.

7.

Fig.

8.

Fig.

9.

7-2

THIED KEPOET* on the HIGHEE CEUSTACEA
of the L.M.B.C. DISTEICT.

By Alfeed O. Walker, F.L.S.

With Plates X. and XL

[Read 8tli March, 1889.]

The collections made this year (1888) of the PodoiDhthal-
mata, Cumacea, Isopoda, and Amphipoda, are undoubtedly
the most interesting since the foundation of the Liverpool
Marine Biology Committee. Five species of the first,
three of the second, four of the third, and fifteen of the
fourth of these orders are new to our fauna, while probably
one Isopod and four Amphipoda are new to the British
lists, two of these latter being new to science. The
collections that have been examined were : —

I. From Puffin Island, collected a1 the following dates.
= a. March 24th, by Prof. Herdman and three others,
chiefly by dredging and with the weighted tow-net, in
the Tm-bot Hole.

h. July 24th, by Prof. Herdman, Mr. Hurst, and
Mr. Button of Chester.

c. August 15th, by Mr. Hurst and Mr. Clubb, off
the N.E. end of the island.

d. September 8th and 9th, by Professor Herdman,
Mr. Hurst, and the Eeporter, at extreme low water,
chiefly on the Spit at the south end of the island.

II. May 19th to 21st, in the "Hyaena," during a trip to
the Isle of Man, when the electric light (E.L.) was

* For First Report, see "Fauua of Liverpool Bay," vol. i., pp. 212—226,
1886; for the Second Report, see "Proc. Biol. Soc, L'pool," vol. ii., pp.
171—181, 1888.

HIGHER CRUSTACEA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 69

used, as mentioned in Professor Herdman's Report
for 1888 on the Puiiin Island Biological Station, with
excellent results.

III. April to July, at Colwyn Bay, shore-hunting, dredging,
clx. by the Reporter.

IV. September 20th, at Bull Bay, Anglesey, by Mr. R.
Newstead, Curator of the Grosvenor Museum, Chester.

The following species are either recorded for the first
time in the fauna or in the locality indicated, or are men-
tioned on account of some point of interest in connexion
with them.

Brachyura.

XaiitJio rivulosa, Risso.

X. tuhcrculata, Couch.

II. Three specimens, dredged between Calf of Man
and Port Erin. They belonged to the tuherculata form,
which was considered by Couch to be distinct, and is
described and figured as such in Bell's "British Stalk-eyed
Crustacea." It has since been shown to be a mere variety.

Portunus ptcber, Linn.

Bull Bay (IV.), in the lobster-pots, where it is said to
be common. The specimens were of large size.

Anomura.

*Eupagurus puhescens, Kroyer.

II. This "was taken abundantly in the dredge west of
the Calf of Man, but all young specimens.

^Anapagurus hyndmannij Thompson.
II. Scarce.

^Galathea dispersa, Sp. Bate.

II. Thanks to the admirable monograph of the Gala-
theidae by M. Jules Bonnier ("Bull. Scient. de la France

* Indicates a species not previously recorded in "Fauna of Liverpool Bay."

70 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

et de la Belgique," 1888), which the author has been kind
enough to send me, I was able to identify all the specimens
dredged off the Isle of Man as belonging to this species.
It is best distinguished by the strong tooth on the inner
side of the merus joint of the third maxillipedes being
connected with the distal extremity of the joint by a ridge
on which are two to four smaller teeth.

*Mtmida hamffia, Pennant.

II. One specimen. Notwithstanding the high authority
of Mr. G. 0. Sars, who considers M. riigosa, Fabr., as
distinct from M. rondeletii, Bell,! I agree with M. Bonnier
and others in holding them to be the same, and therefore
referable to the older name of Pennant. Mr. K. Pocock,
of the British Museum, and I examined a large number of
individuals at that institution, and found them to vary so
much in the characters relied on by Sars that it was
impossible to separate the two forms.

Macrura.

*Caridio7i gordoni, Sp. Bate.

II. One female, with ova, between Calf of Man and
Port Erin.

Pandalus hrevirostris , Rathke.

II. Several between Calf of Man and Port Erin.

CUMACEA.

^Guma scorpioides, Montagu.

II., E.L. Two young males. Taken by electric light
(E.L.) at Ramsey. Recognizable by the lateral carina
extending longitudinally from the rostrum across the
carapace and free thoracic segments (see Norman, " Brit.
Assoc. Report," 1868, p. 273).

t "Oversigt af Norges Crust.," p. 6, pi. i., fig. 5.

HIGHER CRUSTACEA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 71

*Iphi7ioe trispinosa, Goodsir.

II., E.L. Three males. Port Erin. These were the
variety without the serrated dorsal crest.

*Pseudoctima cercaria, Van Beneden.

II., E.L. A very large number, all males, at Port Erin.
This is certainly the species described under the above
name by G. 0. Sars,t but it is difficult to believe that
Van Beneden's + figures and description (which Sars
remarks are "faulty in the extreme") can refer to the
same. Our experience in the "Hyaena" confirms Norman's
statement, that this is "the most numerically abundant
species of Cumacean in the British seas."§

ISOPODA.

^Anceiis maxillaris, Mont.

III. A specimen of the Praniza form of this (?) species,
taken in a rock pool at Penmaenrhos, attached to a young
Cottus behind the second dorsal fin. Colour, brilliant
blue-green.

Janira maculosa, Mont.

11. A number of specimens on a mass of Alcyoniuvi
digitatum, dredged between the N.W. Lightship and Isle
of Man, on the outward trip of the "Hyaena," 19th May,

1888.

*Mujma fabricii, Kroyer (PL XL, figs. 16 to 18).

I. A single specimen, without the long ambulatory legs
and long outer antennae. The telson agrees with Kroyer' s

t Middelhcavet's Cnmaceer, Arch, fur Math, og XaturviJenskab, 1878,
p. 114, pis. 40—42.

t "Recherches sur hx Faune litorale de la Belgique." Crust., p. 85, pi. xiv.
Leucon cercaria.

§ "Ann. and ]\[ag. Nat. Hist." 5th series, vol. xix., p. 102.

72 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

figure in general form, but wants the teeth at the edge
both near the proximal and distal extremity (see G. 0.
Sars, ''Oversigt af Norges Crust.," p. 65). The first pair
of feet also agree with Kroyer's figure.

"^Bynamene riihra, Mont. (Female.)

D. viridis, Leacli. (Female.)
]\^(xsa hide7itata, Leach. (Male.)
D. varians, Stebbing.

I. and IV. On Algae. Stebbing t and Hesse t have
pointed out that the above are all one species. The colour
appears to depend upon that of the weed on which they
feed. The specimens from Bull Bay were green when
taken, but turned red in spirit.

*Dy7iame7ie montagid, Leach.

IV. With the last species, of which it may possibly be
the adult female.

Ligia oceanica, Linn.

I. A specimen was found by Dr. Herdman in a rock
pool on the N.E. end of Puffin Island, on 14th February,
1889. As this species is not usually found in the water
(its habits being much the same as those of the strictly
terrestrial Oniscidae, except that it lives near the sea), it is
probable that the specimen in question was a female that
had gone into the sea to deposit its ova, as appears to be the
case with the otherwise practically terrestrial Amphipod
Orchestia gammarelliis. The space under the thoracic
segments was quite empty, as if it had recently been filled
with ova. It is an interesting fact as bearing upon the
phylogeny of the terrestrial Isopoda, that the common
Porcellis scaher if it falls into water sinks at once to the
bottom, where it will crawl and live for a considerable

t 'Troc. Linn. Soc," vol. xii., 1876. Zool., p. 146, pi. vii.
% "Ann. des Sciences Nat." 5th series, vol. xvii., p. 1.

HIGHER CRUSTACEA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 73

time. This, coupled with the amphibious habits of Ligia,
seems to point to an aquatic origin.

Amphipoda.

Hyperia medusariwi, Miiller.

Two large females with ova from lobster -pots. IV.
Mr. Newstead says the eyes were brilliantly luminous.

Hyale nilsonii, Eathke.
A single female. I. a.

Orchestia gammarellus, Pallas.

A male under a stone on grass close under Burton Kock,
on the Dee, on 7th February. Another near Port Erin,
"fully 500 yards from the shore" (T. L. Denson in lit.).

*Lysianax ceratinus,\ n. sp. (PL X., figs. 1 to 8).

Lateral lobes of the head prominent, subangular.
First four epimera deeper than the corresponding dorsal
segments, the first equal in width at the widest part to the
two next together. Third pleon segment Jiavi?ig the hinder
angle rounded, hut approaching to subangular.

Eyes large, oval, dark, occupying the greater part of
the head.

Upper Antenna : First joint as long as the lateral lobe
of head, upper and lower margins produced to a point,
the lower rather the longer ; second joint rather more
than half as long as the first; third joint about half
as long as the second. Flagellum eight-jointed, the last
joint minute. Accessory appendage four-jointed, the first

* It is possible that this maybe the female of X. longicornis, Lucas, though
it differs from the male of this species as described and figured by this author
in not having the telson terminated by a rounded point, in the form and
armature of the last uropods, and in the shape of the lateral cephalic lobe.
From the same (?) species as figured by Bate and Westwood it differs in havin^
no spines on the telson and no hairs on the last uropods.

f XEpxT'i'vos, horny.

74 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

reaching to the middle of the second joint of the flagellum,
the last joint minute.

Lower Antenna : First joint shorter and thicker than
the second, which is equal to the third. Flagellum ten to
eleven-jointed, the first joint nearly equal to the three
succeeding united.

First Gnathopods : First joint as long as the three
following, the second and third being very short, wrist and
hand about equal. First joint with a few hairs on the
front margin, the second densely hairy on the hind margin,
the third with short fur on the hind margin and long hairs
at the distal end. The hand tapers and forms with the
immoveable finger an elongated cone, furnished on the
hinder (i.e. lower) margin with a roiv of five or six short
spines and a few setae. On account of the roundness of
this joint the spines cannot always be seen. The finger
has a hinged spine articulated to the upper side near the
point beyond which it extends, giving it the appearance of
being split.

Second Gnathopod : First joint the longest, second
equal to the fourth (wrist), which is longer and deeper
than the hand. This limb is of a type common in this
family, and is well represented by that of Orchoinene
serratus, in Boeck's "Amphipoda," pi. v., fig. 2.Z;.

First Per^opods : Hinder margins of third and fourth
joints equal, and furnished with long hairs. Front margin
of third produced to one-third of the length of the fourth.
Fifth joint half as long again as the fourth, with nine or
ten strong spines on the hinder margin and three more
slender on the front.

Last Per^opods : First joint dilated ; a row of twelve
or thirteen spines on the anterior margin gradually in-
creasing in size downwards and terminating at the apex,
which is produced downwards, in a group of one large and

HIGHEB CRUSTACEA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 75

two smaller spines. Second joint short and terminated
anteriorly by a similar group of spines. Third joint
produced downward for about one-third the length of the
fourth, the lobe thus formed being crowned with a double
spine and the hind margin having three strong spines.
The remaining joints are somewhat variable in length and
armature in different specimens.

All the perseopods have the third joint produced.

Uropods : First pair projecting beyond the others ;
peduncle longer than rami, both spinous. Second pair
projecting as far as the third, spinous as the first. Third
pair with the peduncle longer than the rami, widening
suddenly at the proximal and tapering slightly towards the
distal end ; it has three small spines on the upper margin.
The rami are round, the outer slightly the longer, the
inner with two minute spines. There are no hairs (setae)
of any kind on the uropods.

Telson concave, entire, quadrate, with the side curved;
hinder margin straight.

Length 10 mm.

The integument is hard, and horny both in colour and
texture — hence the specific name, from mpsiT'i'vos^ horny.

I. b. A single female specimen of the same species as
those recorded in Report I. as L. costce, and corrected in
Report II. to L. longicornis, Lucas. Neither of these
appears to be correct, as far as it is possible to judge from
females only, no male having yet been taken in our district.
Stebbing ("Challenger" Report) shows that Lysianassa
was already preoccupied in the Mollusca and substitutes
LysiaJiax. I include the present species in the genus in
spite of the uropoda not being ciliated, which I submit is
scarcely a fit generic character. The squamiform entire
telson, and the conical propodos of the first gnathopod
with apparently immoveable dactylos, are such marked

76 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

characteristics as to be sufficient reason for referring it to
Lysianax.

*Lysianax audoumiajius , Sp. Bate (PI. X., figs. 9 and 10).
II. Two young specimens on Halicliondria, dredged in
thirty fathoms, twenty-two miles S.E. of Isle of Man.
Length 3 mm. Heller f has described a form which he
calls Aristias tuinidus, (jun.), Kroyer, but which he says
differs in some of the mouth organs from the adult. It
also differs in having an entire telson. But Hansen | says
that A . tumidus of all authors except Kroyer is not the
same species as the latter's, and pro^^oses the name of
A. neglectus for A. tumidus, Auct. Boeck includes with
this Lysianassa audouiniana, Bate, but, as Hansen points
out, this species has an entire telson, while in the genus
Aristias, Boeck, it is cleft to the base. I therefore refer
both my specimens and those of Heller to L. audouiniana,
although they should properly be placed in a new genus,
as the strongly subchelate character of the first gnathopod
does not agree with Boeck's definition of Lysianassa.
In my specimens the inner rami of all the uropods are
minutely toothed on both edges, as are also the outer rami
on the inner edge. As however it requires a high power
(j-inch objective) to see this denticulation, it may have
escaped observation.

*Hippomedo7i denticulatus , Bate and Westwood.

One young specimen. Port Erin, five fathoms. II., E.L.
Hansen § points out differences between this species and
H. holboUi, Kr., with which Boeck unites it. In the former
the integument is smooth, while in the latter it is reti-
culate and granulate. The -hinder angle of the third pleon

t "Crust. &:c., Oster. Ungar. Nordpol. Expn.," p. 6, pi. iv., figs. 1 — 8.
J " Videnskabliger MedJelelser Nat. Foreuing i Kjobenhavn," 1887.
§ "Vidensk. Med. Nat, Foreniug i Kjob.," 1887. p. 63.

HIGHER CRUSTACEA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 77

segment in the former is much more produced and curved
than in the latter. Bate and Westwood's figure differs
from both as figured by Hansen in the shape of the telson;
also in the second uropods, which they figure as spinous,
but describe as "simple." In my young. specimen these
have a single spine about one-third of the length of the
ramus from the peduncle, and a similar spine on the
inner (?) ramus of the third uropods about the middle.

^ Orchomejie goesii, Boeck.

I. d. A single specimen. New to the British lists.
Distinguishable by the short and wide hand and wrist of
the first gnathopod, and by the very broad peduncle and
short rami of the third uropods.

^Tryphosa hdringii, Boeck.

I. a. Three specimens. New to British lists.
TrypJiosa ciliata, Sars.

I. a. One specimen. I question whether this is distinct
fi'om T. 71 ana, Kr.

*Euonyx chelatus, Norman.

Euonyx chelatus, Norman, "Brit. Assoc. Rep.," 1866.

OjJis Icptochela, Bate and "Westwood, "Brit. Sess. Crust.," vol. ii., p. 501.

One specimen off the Lighthouse. I. Norman, in his
report on the Shetland dredging, I.e., describes this species.
As the first gnathopods have the hand long and slender
instead of very large, according to the character of Opis,
as defined by Kroyer, it should not in any case have been
referred to that genus. Norman says it is parasitic on
Eclmius esculentiis. In my specimen the second gnathopod
is not so hairy as shown in Bate and Westwood's figure,
and the tooth or hump on the dorsal surface of the fourth
pleon segment is much more marked.

Bat]iyp)oreia pilosa, Lindstrom.
'II., E.L. In immense numbers, of both sexes.

78 . LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Urothoe marinus, Bate.

U. clegaris, Bate.

One specimen. Male. I.

* A 7?iphilochus matiudenSj Bate.
One specimen. I. a.

Metopa alder i, Bate.

Several specimens, all very small. I. and II.

Iphimedia obesa, Eathke.

One specimen. Length 4 mm. I. a. This specimen v^as
nearer I. ehlana, Bate, v^hich hov^ever Stebbing considers
is only a (? yomig) form of I. obesa A

*Monoculodes loyigimanus, Bate and Westwood.

M. longimanus, Bate and Westwood.

M. grubei, Boeck, "Brit. Sess. Crust,," vol. ii , p. 507.

Several specimens. II., E.L.

*Megaluropus agilis, Norman.

A few specimens. II., E.L. An undescribed species,
having some remarkable characters, notably the very broad
third uropods, and the position of the eye in the front
portion of the lateral cephalic lobe. It has long been in
the rich collection of Norman, who is about to publish a
description in the "Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist."| He informs
me that he has specimens from the east, west, and south
coasts of Great Britain. The third uropods are very fragile
and often missing in dead specimens.

Dexamine spinosa, Mont.

Not common on Puf&n Island. 1. d.

*Atylus vedlo7nensis, Bate and Westwood.

Dexamine vcdlomensis, Bate and Westwood.

Not common. I.cZ. II., E.L.

t "Challenger" Report, p. 295.

J "Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.," 6tli series, vol. iii., p. 445, pi. xviii.,
figs. 1 to 10.

HIGHER CRUSTACEA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 79

*Tritceta gibbosa, Bate.

Atylus gihhosus, Bate and Westwood.

Not uncommon on Sponges, Ascidians, &c. I., II., III.
Most easily obtained by placing freshly gathered pieces of
Halichondria pa7iicea in sea water, when it emerges from
them.

Halirages bispinosiis, Bate.
I.c?., IV.

Calliopius leviusculus, Sp. Bate.

Very abmidant. I. d. All the specimens taken were
freckled with red. This species varies in colour remarkably
in different localities. At Colwyn Bay it is generally
greenish white, while those I have seen from Penmaen-
mawr were olive coloured.

* Calliopius norvegicus, Rathke (?).

Llandudno. I. b., III., IV. It is remarkable that this
species, which has not been previously recorded as British,
should this year have been taken at all the above localities,
at Bull Bay (IV.) abundantly. Mr. Stebbing informs
me, however, that it is not uncommon at Ilfracombe.
Meinertf and Zaddach I do not consider it distinct from
the preceding. I am surprised at this statement, for the
longer and more slender antennae, the teeth on the under
side of the last joints of the peduncle of the upper antennae
in the male (in place of the strong tooth at the distal
extremity of the last joint in G. leviusculus), the smaller
and weaker gnathopods with the wrist not produced into a
spur, and lastly the angulated hind margin of the third
pleon segment above the lower angle, make the distinction
unmistakeable. At the same time, I doubt whether
C, norvegicus of Boeck (which is certainly our species)

+ "Ci-ust. Isop. Amphii). imd'Decap. Danise." Natur. Tidsk. 1877-8.
X "Die Meeres-Faima an die Preuss. KUste."

80 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

be identical with AmpJiithoe norvegicus of Eathke. The
latter has the upper antennae only half as long as the
lower, whereas I have never seen a specimen in which
they were not almost exactly equal as shown by Boeck.
Eathke' s other characters also are scarcely sufficient to
connect them.

Gammariis marlnus, Leach.
I. a.

Melita obtiisata, Mont.

l.a., II. A number on Asterias ruhens, dredged between
the N.W. Lightship and the Isle of Man on the outward
voyage of the ''Hysena," May 19th, 1888.

Amathilla sabini, Leach.
l.a.

*A'mjpelisca tenuicornis, Lilljeborg.

A. typica, Boeck, non Bate.
(?) A. carinatus, Bruzelius.

l.a. II., E.L., and dredged. The confusion as regards
the above species is great (see Stebbing, "Challenger"
Eeport, p. 542). As this author remarks,! his A. zam-
hoangce from the Philippme Islands approaches closely
to A. carinatus, Bruz. Two of the specimens from Port
Erin agree so closely with the admirable drawings of
A. zamhoangce that the two forms can hardly be regarded
as other than local varieties.

Ampelisca Iccvigata, Lillj.

11. , E.L. Many specimens, both at Eamsey and Port
Erin. This appears to be the commonest species of the
genus in Liverpool Bay.

Photis reiiiliardi, Kr.

One female, with ova. II., E.L.

t " Challenger" Report, p. 1687, note.

HIGHER CRUSTACEA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 81

Ncenia rwiapabna, Bate.
• I. a.

Ampliitlioe jjodoceroides , Rathke.

l.a. Stebbing+ considers this to be the same as A.
ruhricata, Mont., though the former is green and the
latter red. Here again, as in Dijnamene rubra, Mont., and
D. viridis, Leach, the colouring probably depends on that
of the weed in which the animals are found. Montagu's
name being the older should have the precedence, as
Stebbing points out.

*Podocerns capillatus, Rathke (PI. XI., figs. 14 and 15).

Janassa variegata, Boeck.

I.e. One small specimen, 2mm. long, taken in the tow-
net by Mr. I. C. Thompson. There is much confusion
about this species, which appears to me to have arisen
chiefly from the figure in Bate and Westwood,+ and from
their statement that it is possibly only a variety of P.
variegatus, Leach. The figure of the entire animal as
shown by these authors may or may not be the last
named species, but the separate drawings of the lower
antennae and second gnathopod unquestionably indicate
P. capillatus of Rathke. Leach's characters are so un-
satisfactory that it seems hopeless to determine whether
his P. variegatus, Jassa ptulchella, and J. pelagica, are one
and the same species (P.falcatus, Mont.) or not. But
the upper antennae without a secondary appendage, the
thickness and dense hairiness of the lower antennae, with
the flagellum consisting of one long and two minute joints
unprovided with the hooks which occur in the same
member in P. falcatus (and P. variegatus, as figured by
Bate and Westwood), together with the form of the second
gnathopod, all mark P. capillatus as very distinct from

t "Challenger" Report, pp. 204 and 594.
:J: Brit. Sess. Crust., p. 442.

8

82 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

P. falcatus at any age. Indeed the absence of a secondary
appendage would seem to justify Bruzelius in placing it in
a sepai'ate genus, Jassa of Leach, though it is not easy
from Leach's description (in the Trans. Linn. Soc, vol.
xi., p. 361) to see in what material point this genus differs
from his Podocerus.

^Podocerus isojms, n. sp. (PL XI., figs. 11 to 13).

Lateral lobe of the head a sharp right angle. Eyes
round, centre dark, surrounded by a ring of clear facets.

Antenna subequal, the upper rather the longer, sparsely
hairy ; the peduncle of the lower and the flagellum of the
upper being the longer. The upper aiiteimce have the
second and third joints equal, about five tufts of two hairs
on the under side of each. The secondary appendage,
which consists of one long and one minute joint terminated
by setae, is rather more than half as long as the first joint
of the flagellum. This has five joints, the second and last
being the shortest ; the last is also much thinner than the
penultimate. The lower antennce have the second joint of
the peduncle about three-fourths the length of the third ;
the flagellum is five-jointed, the first joint nearly as long
as the second and third together ; the fourth joint is
terminated by two, and the fifth (which is small) by one
curved spine.

First Gnathopods : Wrist shorter than the hand,
rounded posteriorly. Hand ovate, palm undefined, with
many hairs, two strong spines in the middle and one nearer
the wrist. Finger long, reaching the lower spine, and
serrated on its distal half, but not as far as the point.

Second Gnathopods : Like the first gnathopods, except
that the margin of the palm in the distal half is somewhat
sinuate. In the male (?) the hand is about one-third larger
than in the first pair ; in the female the two limbs differ
but little in size.

HIGHER CRUSTACEA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 83

Uropods : The three pair extend about equally back-
wards ; in the first the peduncle is slightly longer, in the
second shorter, and in the third much longer than the
rami. The peduncle of the third has three short spines
on its upper margin, and five or six at the distal end. The
outer ramus is longer than the inner, straight, smooth and
tapering, terminated by a minute nail; the inner is curved,
minutely denticulate on the concave side, with a comb-like
process of five or six somewhat larger teeth overlapping
the nail.

Telson convex, triangular, with curved sides and rounded
apex ; a pair of upright spines on each side of a median
line, somewhat nearer the apex than the base.

The specific name is derived from 'laos equal, uols foot,
referring to the equality between the first and second
gnathopods, w4iich is unusual in the genus Podocenis.
The animal is variable in colour and prettily mottled.

La., III. It is with great hesitation that I describe as
new a small species taken as above. One at least of the
specimens was a female, with ova, which agrees with
Boeck's description of the female of P. anguipes, Kr.,
except in size — Boeck giving 10 mm, as the length, while
this specimen was not more than 3 mm. If I am right in
believing some of my specimens to be males, then it is
certainly not P. anguipes, for the second gnathopod (which
is almost the same shape as, and but little larger than
the first) in these differs from that in the female only in
being slightly larger. It is possible that Boeck has been
mistaken in referring the small males he mentions as
resembling the females to P. anguipes. If this be so, the
present species may be considered as new to science, and
I propose to name it provisionally Podocerus isopus. Mr.
Stebbing informs me he has received similar forms from
Mr. D. Robertson, taken in the Clyde district, and con-

S-2

84 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

sidered them to be females of P. anguipes, Kr., in spite of
their small size. No male of this species, which has a very
characteristic second gnathopod, is known to have been
taken on the British coasts, which fmiiishes another
reason for believing om^ s]3ecies to be distinct.

^Gorophmm crassicorne, Bruzelius.

I. d. Two or three specimens of what I take to be the
young form of the above. The upper antennae have three
spines on the first joint ; the lower have one double spine
on the first joint, two double and one single on the second,
and one single on the third joint of the peduncle. Hoek,f
who describes and figures this form, also considers it
probably the young of the above species, though some
females had eggs. In other respects my specimens agree
closely with Hoek's figures of the adult C. crassicorne.
Norman has taken this form at Eoundstone, in Ireland.

Caprellid^ .
Froto ventricosa, Miiller.

p. jjedata, Mont.

P. gooddH, Bate. (Old male. )

Three or four specimens, l.cl. Stebbingt holds that
P. gooclsiri is merely a form of P. ventricosa, in which he
has been confirmed by Mayer. §

Mgina i^liasma, Mont.

Protdla ])ha.sma, Bate and "WestAvood.

Several fully developed specimens, l.cl.

*Caprella acantliifera, Leach.

Three or four specimens. I. cl., IV. None of the speci-
mens had fully developed tubercles or spines, and they

+ "Tijdsehrift Nederland. Dierkmid. Vereen.," Deel. iv., p. 118, pi. viii ,
figs. 9 and 10.

X "Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist." Series 4, vol. xvii., p. 78.

§ "Fauna, &c. des Golfes v. Neapel.," part vi., 1882. Caprelliden.

HIGHEE CKUSTACEA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTEICT. 85

were only recognizable by the peculiar skull-shaped head
and the sparse hairiness of the lower antennae. A female,
with eggs, from Bull Bay, had a large tubercle on the first
segment. Mayer {Ix.) shows that perfectly smooth forms
are not uncommon, but that it is on this segment that a
spine or tubercle is most often developed.

In conclusion, I have to tender my hearty thanks to the
Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing and the Rev. Canon Norman, for
their kind assistance, and especially to the former, for
the gift of his magnificent work on the "Challenger"
Amphipoda. The bibliography alone of this work is a
perfect monument of patient work, and, consisting as it
does of a resume of all that has been written on the entire
subject, accompanied by the author's comments, is a
complete library in itself. It is no exaggeration to say
that it will be indispensable to every student of the
Amphipoda.

86 liveepool biological society.

Description of Plates.

Plate X.

Figs. 1 to 8, Lysianax ceratinus, n. sp.
Fi£^. 1. Antennae.
Fig. 2. Mandible and palp.
Fig. 3. Maxillipede.
Fig. 4. First gnathopod.
Fig. 5. Third segment of pleon.
Fig. 6. First and second joints of last perseopod ;

6a, spines on the same.
Fig. 7. Telson.
Fig. 8. Third uropod.

Figs. 9 and 10. Lysianax (?) audouinianus, Sp. Bate.
Fig. 9. First gnathopod.
Fig. 10. Second gnathopod.

Plate XL

Figs. 11 to 13, Fodoceriis isopus, n. sp.
Fig. 11. Head and antennae.

Fig. 12. First {a) and second h) gnathopods of female.
Fig. 13. Third uropod.

Figs. 14 and 15, Podocerus capillatus, Rathke.
Fig. 14. Antennae.
Fig. 15. Second gnathopod.

Figs. 16 to 18, Munna fabricii, Kroyer.
Fig. 16. First foot.
Fig. 17. Second foot.
Fig. 18. Telson.

Ptoc. L'pcol Biol. Sec.

Vol. III. Pi. X.

Fig. 7.

Yi&. S.

Fig. 6 a.

A. O. Walker, del

LT3IANAX CERATINDS, n. sp. Figs. 1 to 8.

LTSIANAX (?) AUDOUINIANUS (Sp. Bate). Figs. 9 and 10.

Prcc. L'pcol Biol. Soc.

Vol. III. PL XI.

Fig. 13

A. O. Walker, del

.Fig 16.

PODOCERUS ISOPDS, n. sp. Figs. 11 to 13
PODOCERUS CAPILLATUS (Rathlce) Figs. 14 and 15.
MUNHA EABRICII (Kxoger) Figs. 16 to 18.

SECOND KEPOET on the POLYZOA of the L.M.B.C.

DISTEICT.

By Joseph Lomas, Assoc. N.S.S.,

SrECIAL LECTURER ON GEOLOGY IX UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, LIVERPOOL.

[Rerd 12ili April, 1889.]

In the last report ninety-eight species of Polyzoa were
recorded as occurring in the L.M.B.C. district. Since that
time numerous dredging and shore expeditions have taken
place, resulting in the addition of ten species new to the
locality. These, along with a new species, described in the
previous report as a new variety of PediceUina gracilis,
bring the total number up to 109.

Memhranipora flemingii, Busk, mentioned in the first
report without any definite localities, has been met with
off Anglesey, Calf of Man, &c.

The "Weathercock" expedition of August, 1886, is
notable among those held since the former report for the
abundance of Celleporas brought up. Cellepora ijumicosa,
C. costazii, C. arniata, C. aviciilaria, and (7. clichotoma
were dredged in a deep hole (thirty-five fathoms), about
ten miles from the Isle of Man, the three last being new
to the district. Mucronella peacliii, Scrupocellaria scruposa,
Crisia cornuta, C. ehurnea, CeUaria fistulosa, midDiastopiora
patina also appeared in this prolific region.

The "Hyaena" expeditions of 1886, 1887 and 1888, and
Easter, 1889, have also resulted in important additions
to our fauna. While dredging near the Calf of Man, in
May, 1888, a bank of dead shells, chiefly Pectunculi, was
touched. The valves were thickly encrusted with Polyzoa,
and twenty-three species were obtained, four of them

88 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

being new to the district. On a single Pecten valve
thirteen species existed, among them being Hipj^othoa
distans, Stomatopora incrassata, Memhranipora dwnerilii,
M. craticula, and Schizoporella unicornis. A Buccinum
shell also was fomid encrusted with ten species.

The Biological Station at Puffin Island has afforded a
large amount of good material, and the results obtained
after examining the same are embodied in a "Report on
the Polyzoa of Puffin Island,"* read before the Biological
Society in November, 1887. Altogether fifty-one species
are recorded from the island, and five species and three
varieties are given which have not been found in any other
part of the L.M.B.C. district.

In addition to the above localities, shore collecting in all
parts has been conducted, but little has resulted from this
source. This leads one to the conclusion that future
successes are to be looked for when examining the deeper
parts of the area during our dredging expeditions.

Species New to the Locality.
Cellar ia sinuosa, Hassall.

Farcimia sinuosa, Hassall.
Scilicornaria sinuosa, Jolmst., Busk, kc.

Fine specimens were dredged at a depth of twenty-seven
fathoms, near Port Erin, in the "Hyaena" expedition of
Easter, 1889.

Schizoporella tmicornis, Johnston.

Lcjjralia unicornis, Johiist. , Busk, Alder, Hincks.
Lepralia cusata, Johnst., Busk, Hincks, Eeuss, &c.

Dredged in the "Hyaena" expedition of 1888, near the
Calf of Man, fi'om a depth of twenty fathoms.

* Proc. L'pool Biol. Soc, vol. ii., p. 74.

POLYZOA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 89

Mastigopliora liynchnanni, Johnston.

Leiyralia, hyndmanni, Johnst. , Busk.

This species is given on the authority of Mr. E.
Kirkpatrick, of the British Museum, who found it among
specimens collected by Mr. J. Gregory, F.G.S., at Puffin
Island, in August, 1887. It has not since been met with.

Miicronella ventricosa, Hassall.

Leprcdia ventricosa, Hass. , Joliust. , Busk, kc.

Puffin Island.

•

Cellepora armata, Hincks.

This rare species, which has only been found in a few
localities, was dredged in the "Weathercock" expedition
of 1886, betw^een Liverpool and the Isle of Man, from a
depth of twenty-five fathoms.

Cellepora avicidaris, Hincks.

"Weathercock" expedition of 1886, from twenty-five
fathoms.

Cellepora dicJiotoma, Hincks.

Cellepora avicularis, Smitt.

"Weathercock" expedition of 1886, from twenty -five
fathoms. "Hysena" expedition (Easter, 1889), south of
Port Erin, from twenty-seven fathoms.

Stomatopora incrassata, Smitt.

Alecto rctiformis, Hincks,

On Pecten shell, "Hycena" expedition of 1888, near the
Calf of Man, depth twenty fathoms.

Stomatopora granulata, M-Edwards.

Alecto granulata, M-Echvards, Johnst., Busk.

Dredged near Puffin Island.
Stomatopora johnstoni, Heller.

Alecto granulata, Johnst.

Dredged near the Calf of Man, during the "Plyjena"
expeditions of 1888 and of Easter, 1889.

90 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Ascopoclarici nodosa, Lomas.

Pediccllina gracilis, var. nodosa, "Fauua of Liverpool Bay," vol. i.
Ascopodaria nodosa, Lomas, "Proc. L'pool Lit. and Phil. Sec," 1886,
vol. xli. , p. xlvi.

Zoarium consists of a slender chitinous stolon, from which
branches, bearing polypides, are given off at intervals.

Peduncle chitinous, hollow, expanding below into a
muscular swelling. A second muscular swelling is found
in the middle, and a third at the top, just under the head.

This form was described in the "First Beport upon the
Famia of Liverpool Bay" (p. 190, pi. iii., fig. 2), under
the name of Pedicellina gracilis, var. nodosa. Further
research, however, led me to believe that it should be
placed in the new genus lately founded by Busk, Asco-
podaria (''Challenger" Beport, vol. xvii.) ; so in 1886 I
described it as Ascopodaria nodosa, in a paper read before
the Literary and Philosophical Society of Liverpool.

The characteristic features of the new genus mostly
reside in the stem, which is chitinous, tubular, and rigid,
and joins the stolon by a broad barrel-shaped dilatation.
In A. nodosa, the "basal cylinder" is broad below, and
tapers suddenly near the top, becoming continuous with
the stem. It is not annulated like A. discreta.

Separating the basal cylinder from the stem is a septum,
which stretches nearly across, leaving a perforation in the
middle. The whole swelling is filled with muscular tissue,
w^iich is prolonged for a short distance on each side into
the stolon ; and a septum, similar to the one in the stem,
separates the muscular portion from the tubular stolon on
each side. The septum may serve to give attachment to
the muscles which have to do with the movement of the
peduncle.

The most striking feature, however, is the presence of a
second swelling in the middle of the stem, muscular in

POLYZOA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTKICT. 91

its nature; and there is a third and smaller one under
the head.

The portion between the basal cylinder and the medial
swelling is about the same length in all the specimens I
have examined, but the part between the medial sw^elling
and the head varies very greatly. In one colony there
was, along with the ordinary type, a form without a
medial swelling, but the length of the stem was equal to
the first joint in the others. This may be an imperfectly
developed specimen, and it would seem to indicate that, as
the individual grows, the head swelling becomes the medial
one by an elongation of the upper joint. The differences
in length of the upper joint also favour this view.

The stem may be described as a rigid chitinous tube.
Now chitin, being merely a product of the ectodermal
cells, cannot be regarded as supplying any living con-
nexion betw^een the different parts of the zoarium. But
under a high power a very delicate tissue of elongated
nucleated cells is seen, inside the chitinous covering,
connecting the different muscular parts in the stem and
stolon.*

The specimens were collected by Professor Herdman,
off Port Erin, in the summer of 1885, and were adherent
to seaweeds (Ptilota, &c.). It has not since been observed
in the L.M.B.C. district.

Besides the above additions to our fauna, the following
observations have been made on species previously recorded.

Alcyonidium gelatinosum, Linn.

Some points in the anatomy! of this species have been
worked out ; ana it has been found to contain certain

* Busk lias observed the same " parencliymatous tissue" in other species
ol Ascojwdaria.

t Lomas, '"Proc. L'pool Biol. Soc," vol. i., p. 29.

92 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

calcareous spicules* in the peripheral parts of the gela-
tinous ectocyst. Professor Herdman has described t some
specimens obtained from the west coast of Scotland, and
recently also from Puffin Island, I in which the colony was
conspicuously spotted. These whitey spots were found on
sectionizing to be very much enlarged "cells," containing
polypides, and greatly distended with mature spermatozoa.
These colonies w^ere virtually males, as none of the polypides
were found to contain mature ova. A spotted colony col-
lected lately at Puffin Island was found, however, to contain
large numbers of ripe ova and embryos, but no spermatozoa.
Professor Herdman has suggested that this unisexual
condition may be the result of proterandry — the male
reproductive organs being developed first, and the female
later on, but he leaves it an open question whether the
individual polypides are proterandrous hermaphrodites, or
w4iether the polypides are unisexual and the proterandry
refers only to the colony as a whole.

Cellaria fistulosa, Linn.

Some of the specimens of this species have afforded me
material for investigating the mode of branching. § The
stems are dichotomously branched, but in some cases a
lateral branch may originate in the middle of an internode
(see fig. 1). When the branches are young they are rigidly
connected by elongated cells, which have mouth opening
and avicularia like those of ordinary cells (see fig. 2). As
the branch elongates these cells break and display horny

* Lomas, "Proc. L'pool Geol. Soc," vol. v., p. 241. Mr. Waters quite
iudependently discovered these spicules, and communicated a paper on the
subject to the j\Ianchester Lit. and Phil. Soc.

t See "Nature," for Dec. 29th, 1887, p. 213.

X And I have seen at the British Museum a similar specimen, brought by
Mr. Ridley from the Isle of Thanet.

§ See Lomas, "Research," for August, 1888, p. 22.

POLYZOA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT.

93

tubes beneath, connecting the cells of the branch with
those of the parent stem (see fig. 3) .

Fig. 1.
Cellaria fistailosa, natural size,
showins: the mode of branchin,£!;.

Fig. 2.
Cellaria fishilosa, magnified, showing
the arrangement of the cells and the
formation of lateral branches.

Fig. 3.*
Cellaria fistulosa, magnified, showing lateral branches further developed
and separated from the stem by flexible joints.

* I am indebted to Mr. A. N. Tate, F.I.C., &c., editor of "Research," for
permission to use these wood-cuts.

94

LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Table showing- Disteibution of the Species
OF Polyzoa in the District.

Species.

r—

a

ci

s.

o

M

«

o

5-1

-f.

^

HH

u

o 5
U 3

i* O
< -ii

Snb-Oider T. CHEILOSTOMATA.

Aetea aiiguina, Linn

A . recta, Hincks

A. truncata, Landsb

Eiicra tea clielata , Linn

a repens

/3 gracilis

7 elongata

Gemellaria loricata, Linn

Cellularia peachii, Busk

ScrupoceUaria scruposa, Linn.,

S. scrupea, Busk

S, reptans, Linn

Bicellaria ciliata, Linn

Bugula turbinata, Alder

B.flahellata, J. V. Thomp.

B. avicularia, Linn

B. plumosa, Pallas

B. purpurotincta, Norman...

Beania mirahilis, Johnst

Cellar ia fistiilosa , Linn

C. sin uosa, Hassall

Flustra foliacea , Linn

F. carbasea, Ellis and Sol...

F. securifrons, Pall

jP. j^apiP'Cicea, Ellis and Sol.
Membranipora lacroixii, Aud.

M, monostachys, Busk

M. catenidaria, Jameson ...

M. pilosa, Linn

M. flem ingii, Busk

71/. hexagona, Busk

X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

X

X

X
X
X

X

X

X

X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

■z ■^ ^

3 M

X

X

X

X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X

X

X

X
X
X

X
X
X

X

X

X
X

X
X
X

X
X

X

X

POLYZOA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT.

95

Species.

d^

S^K

P3 5

o «
o S

•tJ <s

02^

^■E<

281

a
1^

M. lineata, Linn

M. era ticula , Alder

M. spinifera, Jolinst

M. diunerilii, Aud

M. rosselii, And

M. aurita , Hincks

M. memhranacea , Linn

Micropora coriacea, Esper

GyihriUna radiata, Moll

C. punctata, Hass

C. annulata, Fabr

MemhraniporeUa iiitida, Johnst. ..
Microporella ciliata, Pallas

M. malusii, And

M. impressa, Aud

M. violacea, Johnst

Cliorizopora hrongniartii, Aud

Schizoporella linearis, Hass

S. spiiiifera, Johnst

S. auriculata, Hassall

S. liyalina, Linn

S. unicornis, Johnst

MastigopJiora hynclmanni, Johnst.
Hippotlioa distans, McGill

H. dinaricata, Lamx

Lejyralia pallasicma, Moll

L. foliacea, Ellis and Sol

L. pertusa, Esper

Unihonula verrucosa, Esper

Porella concinna, Busk

P. compressa, Sow

Smittia koidshorovii, Johnst

S. reticulata, McGill

S. trispinosa, Johnst

Phylactella collaris, Norman

Miicronella peachii, Johust

M. variolosa, Johnst

X

X

X
X

X

X

X

X

X
X

X
X
X

X

X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

X
X
X
X

X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

96

LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Species

Si.

3

P5 5

^ c 0)

QJ O O

^ s ^

k1

ikf. coccinea, Abild

If. ventricosa. Hassall ...

Cellepora pumicosa , Linn ', x

0. costazii, And | ...

C armata, Hincks ; ...

C. avicularis, Hincks - ...

C. dichotoma, Hincks

Sub-Order H. CYCLOSTOMATA.

Crisia cor mi ta , Linn

var. geniculata

C. eburnea, Linn

C. denticulata, Lanik

Stomatopora expansa, Hincks ....

S. major, Johnst..

S. incrassata, Smith

S. jolinstoni, Heller

S. granulata, M-Edwards

Tuhulipora lohulata, Hass

T. flahellaris, Fabr

Idmonea serpens, Linn

Diastopora p)atina, Lanik

Z). suborhicularis , Hincks

D. ohelia, Johnst

Lichenopora liispida, Flem

L. verrucaria, Fabr

Sub-Order IH. CTENOSTOMATA.

Alcyonidium gelatinosum, Linn. ...

A. hirsutum, Flem

A. viytili, Dal

A . parasiticum, Flem

Fkistrella hispida, Fabr

Arachnidium liippotliooides , Hincks

Vesicularia spinosa, Linn

A inathia lendigera, Linn

X

X

X

X

X

X
X

X
X

X
X

X
X

X
X
X

X
X
X

X

X

X
X
X
X
X

X
X

X
X
X
X

X

X
X

X

X
X

X

X
X
X
X
X

X
X

X
X

X
X

X

X
X

POLYZOA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT.

97

Species.

-o

1 ,

H

>>&

Sr~'

^ ^

02 =8

O x

cc 7!

OM

o S

O 2

"S^

« fl

sw

* ^

u

^^

o

— o

o o

9 ^

SvA

S

Boiverhcmkia imbricata, Adams .

B. imstulosa, Ellis and Sol

Farella repens, Farre

var. elongata

B'uskia nitens, Alder

Cylindroeciurn dilatatum, Hincks.
Anguinella pahiiata, Van Ben....
Valkeria uva, Linn

form uva

form cuscata

F. tremula, Hincks

Mwiosella gracilis, Hincks

Sub-Class ENTOPROCTA.
Pedicellina cernua, Pall

X

X

P. gracilis, Sars

Ascopodaria nodosa, Lomas

X
X

X
X

X

X
X

X

X
X

X

X
X

X

X
X
X

X
X
X

SECOND KEPOKT on the NUDIBRANCHIATA of the
L.M.B.C. DISTRICT.

By W. a. Herdman, D.Sc, F.L.S., F.R.S.E.,

PROFESSOR OF NATURAL HISTORY; AND

J. A. Clubb,

ASSISTANT IN THE NATURAL HISTORY DEPARTMENT, UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, LIVERPOOL.

With Plate XII.

[Read 10th May, 1889.]

In Professor Herdman's Eeport upon the Nudibranchiata,
in the first volume of the "Fauna," published in 1886,
forty-two species were referred to as having been found in
this district. We have now, as the result of the last three
years' exploration of the neighbourhood, and especially
as a consequence of the establishment of the Biological
Station on Puffin Island, to place on record some additional
locahties for many of these species, including some of the
rarer ones, some information in regard to their relative
abundance and times of spawning, and we have to add to
the list Fio7ia marina, a rare species new to the district.

W^e also include in this report some anatomical and
histological observations upon a few of the species of
the neighbourhood; especially upon the hepatic caeca of
Denclronotus and the apertures in the cerata of Eolis ; and
we append a short note upon some British specimens of
Hero formosa, Loven, a Scandinavian Nudibranch.

The greater part of the practical work for this report
has been carried out by Mr. Clubb, in the zoological
laboratory of University College ; while Prof. Herdman
has suggested the lines of investigation, has examined all
the specimens and sections, and has discussed the results.

NUDIBRANCHIATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTEICT. 99

NUDIBRANCHIATA.

Sub-Order. ACANTHOBEANCHIATA.

Family. Doeidid^.

Arcliidoris tubercidata, Guv.

This species is not uncommon on the shore at Puffin
Island. It is very variable in the colouring.

LaftieUidoris hilamellata, Linn.

In abundance at Hilbre Island on the 2nd March, 1889,
when it was spawning ; a month later very few specimens
were found.

L. proxima, Aid. and Hanc.

Several specimens of this local species were found at
Puffin Island in March, 1888, and on 18th February, 1889.

The radula of this species is as described and figured by
Alder and Hancock, except that the large lateral spines in
our specimens have their points directed forwards and
lying parallel to one another, in place of pointing outwards
laterally as is shown in Alder and Hancock's figure.*
The exact shape of these large spines differs considerably
in different parts of the series.

Aca?ithodoris pilosa, Miiller.'

Specimens were found on the shore at Puffin Island on
11th June, 1887, in March, 1888, and on 18th February,
1889, and at Hilbre Island on 2nd March, 1889. Among
the latter were some dark coloured and speckled specimens
approaching the black form previously recorded. Those
found at Puffin Island include white, grey and nearly
black forms.

* Eay Society, ''British ISTudibiancliiata." Part vii., pi. xlvi., fig. 8.

9-2

100 LIVERPOOL BIOLOaiCAL SOCIETY.

Family. Polycerid^.

Goniodoris nodosa, Montagu.

In April, 1888, Dr. Hanitsch collected half-a-dozen
specimens on the South Spit, at Puffin Island.

We find that there may be a second smaller denticulated
ridge on the large lateral spines of the radula in this
species.

Folijcera ocellata, Aid. and Hanc.

We have found this species on both the North and
South Spits, at Puffin Island, near low water mark, on
11th June, 1887, on 24th March, 1888, and on '25th May,
1889. Some of the specimens closely approach Polycera
lessoni in their characters.

Ancula cristata, Alder.

A specimen of this species was found at Hilbre Island,
on 2nd March, 1889, which was entirely of a hyaline
transparent white colour, without any yellow markings on
the dorsal papillae, and with no opaque w^hite pigment
on any part of the body. On the 16th May, 1889, this
species was very abundant at Hilbre Island, and was
spawning. Thirty specimens were collected, and about
tw^enty-five specimens were counted on an area of rock
about one foot square.

Sub-Order. POLYBEANCHIATA.
Family. Tritoniid^.

Tritonia pleheia, Johnst.

Two specimens found at Hilbre Island, on 2nd April,
1889, differed considerably in their colouring, the one being
yellowish brown, as figured by Alder and Hancock, while
the other was marked with blues and greys.

We have found this species on the Beacon rocks, Puffin

NUDIBRANCHIATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 101

Island, on 26th June, 1887, and on both the North and
South Spits in May, 1889.

Dendronohis arhoi'escens, Miiller.

The variations in the abundance of this species at
Hilbre Island were commented upon in the last report.
In September, 1888, it was so abundant that forty to fifty
specimens were collected in about fifteen minutes, while
at the next visit to Hilbre, in the beginning of March,
1889, only a few specimens were seen, and in April none
were found.

As Professor Herdman has recorded in the '* Second
Annual Eeport upon the Puffin Island Biological Station,"*
a number of specimens collected at Hilbre Island were
carefully taken to Puffin Island, last September, and
placed in suitable spots on the South Spit. They dis-
appeared and have not since been seen, but would hardly
be expected to appear again on the shore till later in the
summer.

As this species is of large size, and is relatively abun-
dant in this neighbourhood, we have made use of it for
anatomical purposes, and shall now place on record some
observations we have made as the result of our sections
and dissections of a considerable number of specimens.

Alder and Hancock, in their Eay Society Monograph, f
gave a general account of the anatomy of Dendronotus,
illustrated by drawings of dissections of various parts.
Kecently Dr. Kudolph Bergh, in his Eeport upon the
Nudibranchiata collected during the "Willem Barents"
expedition, I gave some further details in regard to the

* Pi'oc. Biol. Soc, L'pool, vol. iii. , p. 29.
t Loc. cit. Part ii., fam. 3, pi. ii.

X "Bijdragen tot de Dierkunde." Natura artis magistra. Afl. xiii., viii.
p. 25, Amsterdam, 1886.

102 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

anatomy of Dendronotus, which in some respects supple-
ment and correct the older account.

Both Alder and Hancock and Bergh describe and figure
the liver of Bendronotits as giving off branched prolonga-
tions, which run upwards into the rhinophores (the dorsal
tentacles) and other dorsal processes. Alder and Hancock
show them as conspicuous prolongations from each side
of the liver, while Bergh represents these hepatic caeca as
being of large size in the terminal twigs of the cerata or
dorsal papillae, occupying more than half the diameter
of the stem and branches. He does not figure their
basal parts.

In our specimens from Hilbre Island, however, we do
not find, either in dissections or in thin transverse and
longitudinal sections, any trace of prolongations from the
liver extending actually into the rhinophores and the
dorsal papillae.

Alder and Hancock's description and figures of the
anatomy of the liver are not quite correct. They speak
of its central trunk lying "above the ovarium, and
not below it as in Eolis.'' This is not the case. In
Dendronotus, just as in some species of Eolis, the liver
lies heloiv, or ventrally to, the ovo-testis, as we show in
our transverse section (PI. XII., fig. 2, o.t. and /.). Then
in their figure 2 {loc. cit. fam. 3, pi. 2), they do not
represent correctly the three regions since described very
fully and accurately by Bergh as the right and left anterior
and the posterior lobes.

Bergh, while giving a correct account of the liver itself,
has described in addition a system of prolongations into
the dorsal papillae which we are convinced from our
sections has no existence. Dissections alone are mis-
leading in this matter, and if the distinguished zoologists
whose results we venture to controvert have worked

NUDIBRANCHIATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 103

entirely without the aid of thin serial sections, then it
is not surprising that they have been led into error.

Our figure 1 on Plate XII. shows a dissection of Dendro-
notus from the left side, exhibiting distinct prolongations
from the liver extending upwards towards the base of the
rhinophore and the two succeeding dorsal processes ; and
as further dissections show distinct cavities branching
through these processes, it is not unnatural to suppose
that such cavities are the continuations of the hepatic
caeca. This, however, is not the case. In our serial
sections we can trace the hepatic prolongation towards the
rhinophore forwards through sixty-six sections, gradually
narrowing until it ends blindly, the last section passing
through its anterior wall. At this point it has not nearly
reached the base of the rhinophore. Similarly we can
trace backwards the next hepatic prolongation in the
sections till we reach its blind extremity, which is in the
body wall vertically below the first dorsal papilla.

On the right side of the body we can also trace the
hepatic caeca going some way towards the rhinophore and
the two succeeding cerata, but not entering any of these
processes.

In the sections of the cerata themselves we find : —

(1) Large spaces in the mesoderm, containing blood
corpuscles (PI. XII., figs. 2 and 3, c.s.). These run, in the
main, longitudinally. They occasionally branch, and they
open into innumerable minute lacunae in the mesodermal
tissues, all of which here and there contain blood cor-
puscles.

(2) A good deal of pigmented connective tissue forming
branched masses and ramifying threads of a brownish
colour. These frequently, in a surface view of the terminal
branches of the cerata under a low power, give rise to
the appearance of a dark coloured granalar central caecum

104 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

such as that figured by Bergh {loc. cit. pi. ii., fig. 22).
Sections, however, show the true nature of this pigmented
tract.

(3) Masses of large distinctly nucleated cells lying in
meshes of fibrous connective tissue. These are possibly
mucus-secreting glands. They occur chiefly in the smaller
branches of the cerata.

We figure (PI. XII., fig. 4) a transverse section through
one of the cerata of an Eolis, with the contained hepatic
caecum, to compare with that of Dendroiiotus (PI. XII.,
fig. 3).

At the bases of the dorsal processes in De7idro7iotus the
blood spaces, which may be called the ceratal sinuses, com-
municate with the large anterior and posterior dorso-lateral
veins (PI. XII., fig. 2, d.l.v.) which open directly into the
auricle. At the point of junction of a ceratal sinus with the
dorso-lateral vein, a lateral sinus is found running ventrally
through the mesoderm of the body wall, outside the liver.
The diagrammatic figure (PI. XII., fig. 7), constructed from
several sections, shows how the hepatic caecum comes into
close proximity with these blood sinuses, and so may have
given rise, in dissections, to the appearance of a direct
continuity between the liver and the spaces in the dorsal
papillae, a continuity which our sections show does not

exist.

Family. Melibid^.

Doto coronata, Gmelin.

Taken off the north coast of Anglesey, in the "Hyaena"
expedition of 1886. This species was present in great
numbers on 2nd April and on 16th May, 1889, at Hilbre
Island, while none had been seen a month before on the
same ground; thirty -four specimens were collected, all
from the under surfaces of stones covered with large
colonies of the Hydroid Glava inulticornis.

NUDIBRANCHIATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 105

This species is very variable both in colour and in form
in this district. In some of these specimens* the dorsal
papillae have not the usual tuber culated appearance, but
are merely irregularly rounded or slightly lobed. One
specimen had the third papilla of the left side distinctly
bifurcated, the central vessel giving off a branch into each
of the forks. In some cases a few of the dorsal papillae,
besides the terminal pair, are of very small size.

A specimen of Doto coronata, found on a Compound
Ascidian from the shore at PufSn Island, has the tubercles
of the dorsal papillae slender and tipped with black spots
so as to approach the character of Doto pinnatifida.

Alder and Hancock figure the radula of Doto fragilis
(pi. xlvii., supplementary) alone, and state that that of
D. coronata is ''like D. fragilis, but rather more distinctly
denticulated at the sides" {loc. cit.). We find, however,
in our specimens of D. coronata that the plates of the
radula are not denticulated at the sides.

Doto fragilis, Forbes.

We dredged this species on 24th March, 1888, in the
Turbot Hole, off the N.E. end of Puffin Island, and also
brought up a specimen on a long line set for fish off the
rocks immediately below the Biological Station.

Family. EoLlDiD^.

Eolis papulosa, Linn.

This species has been taken in January, March and
April, on the South Spit at Puffin Island. We have also
found a very light coloured variety in shore pools at
Fleshwick Bay, Isle of Man.

* These notes, as to colour and form in the various species, were all made
from the living animals.

106 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Facelina coronata, Forbes.

Taken at Puffin Island on the shore in January, March
and May, and dredged from the Turbot Hole in March,

1888.

We have found this species at Hilbre Island since the
last report on 6th September, 1888, and on 2nd April and
16th May, 1889. Two of the specimens found on the last
occasion were of the paler coloured form mentioned by
Alder and Hancock.

In his article "Mollusca,"* Professor Eay Lankester
states that the supposed communication of the hepatic
cseca in the dorsal papillae, of some of the Ceratonota, with
the exterior by means of apertures in the apices of the
papillge requires confirmation. Bergh has recently figured
a continuous tubular passage in the case of Chlamylla
borealis and Gonieolis typica, and we now give figures of
sections (PI. XIL, figs. 4 to 6) showing the exact manner
in which the communication takes place in specimens of
Eolis from Puffin Island.

The upper end of each dorsal papilla is occupied by a
sac containing a large number of cnida or thread cells
(PI. XIL, fig. 5, t.). This cnidophorous sac is evidently an
invagination of the ectoderm, and it communicates with
the exterior by a small but perfectly distinct and clearly
bounded aperture at its apex, through which the thread
cells are sometimes found protruding (see PI. XIL,

fig. 5, ajj.).

The hepatic caecum (PI. XIL, figs. 4, 5, 6, Jix.) occupying
the greater part of the dorsal papilla reaches nearly to the
lower end of the sac containing the thread cells, and we
find in several of our serial sections (PI. XIL, fig. 6, p.)
a tube with muscular walls leading from the base of
the cnidophorous sac, and opening into the apex of the

* "Euey. Brit." 9tli edition., vol. xvi., p. 659.

NUDIBRANCHIATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 107

hepatic caecum by a small terminal aperture, surrounded
by a distinct sphincter muscle, so as to allow the lumen of
the hepatic caecum to communicate with the cavity in
which the thread cells lie, and therefore with the exterior
when the sphincter is relaxed.

Flahellina drummondi, Thomp.

Taken at Hilbre Island on 6th September, 1888, and on
16th May, 1889. In the cerata of this species we find the
cnidophorous sac elongated, overlapping the upper end
of the hepatic caecum and joined to it by a long slender
recurved tube.

CorypheUa rufihranchialis, Johnst.

We have taken this species at Hilbre Island on the
6th September, 1888, and on 2nd March and 16th May,
1889 (large specimens).

Cavoli7ia viridis, Forbes.

We found a specimen of this rare species on the North
Spit, Puffin Island, near low water mark, on the 18th
February, 1889. It was 7 mm. in length, and had the
dorsal process nearest to the middle line in the seventh
row on the right side distinctly bifurcated at the tip.

Cuthona nana, Aid. and Hanc.

We have found this species again at Hilbre Island, on
2nd March, on 2nd April, and on 16th May, 1889; and
also at Puffin Island in April, 1888.

In this species, as in Galvina picta, the auditory sac
contains a single large spherical otolith.

The two specimens found at Hilbre in March resemble
Eolis pustulata, Aid. and Hanc, in one or two points.
The one specimen has the rose-red colouring of C. nana,
but shows the pustulate condition of the white granules
characteristic of J^. ^Zf5^i</ai(x; while the second specimen

108 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

presents the more tawny yellow colouring of E. piistulata,
along with the dark granules found in C. nana. Both
individuals have the foremost row of dorsal processes in
front of the dorsal tentacles, and in both the radula is
identical with that of C. nana, as figured by Alder and
Hancock. These two forms are evidently very closely
allied, if indeed they can be considered as distinct species.

Galvina j^icta, Aid. and Hanc.

We found this species at Hilbre Island, on 2nd March,

1889.

Fiona marina, Forskahl.

Fiona nohilis, Aid. and Hanc.

Three specimens of this species, which is an addition
to our fauna, have been found in the district since the
last report. Mr. Thompson collected two specimens at
Penmaenmawr, in July, 1886; and Mr. Vicars found the
third near the end of the Southport pier at low tide
in 1887.

We add a table showing the distribution of the species
of Nudibranchiata in the four parts of the L. M. B. C.
district in which they have been most carefully collected
and recorded. The first column includes Hilbre Island,
while the third takes in the entrance to the Menai Straits
and Bangor : we separate Puffin Island from the preceding
region, merely because it may be convenient for those
working at the Biological Station to know what species
may be found on their shore. Fourteen species have now
been found on Puffin Island and the immediate neigh-
bourhood.

NUDIBRANCHIATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT.

109

NUDIBRANCHIATA.

Estuary

of the

Mersey.

Arcliidoris tuherculata x

A . johnstoni x

A . flam meet

Lamellidoris hilamellata x

L. depressa I x

L . proxima x

Acanthodoris pilosa x

A. quadrangulata x

Goniodoris nodosa

G. castanea

Triopa claviger

Polycera lessoni x

P. ocellata

P. quadrilineata

Ancula cristata

Tritoiiia liomhergi

T. pleheia,.

Dendronotus arhorescens
Doto coronata

D.fragiUs

A n tiopa cristata

A. hyalina

Eolis papulosa

E. glauca

Facelina coronata

Flahellina drummondi .
Coryphella lineata

C. gracilis

C. landshurgi

G. ruflbraiichialis —
Cavolina concinna

G. oUvacea

G. amoena

C. aurantiaca

G. arenicola

G. viridis

Guthona nana

Galvina picta

G. tricolor

Tergipes despecta

T. exigua

Emhletonia pallida ' x

Fiona marina i x

Isle of
Man.

X
X

X
X
X

X

X

North
Wales.

X

X I

X

X

X

X

X
X

X

X

X

X
X
X
X

Puffin
Island.

X

X
X

X

X

X

X
X

X
X

X

X
X

X

110 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Note on some British Specimens of Hueo Formosa,
LovEN, BY Professor W. A. Heedman.

Hero is a Scandinavian Nudibranch, which was first
made known by Loven* in 1839, and has been more fully
described by G. 0. Sarst and by Bergh.t At the time of
publication of Alder and Hancock's monograph, Hero
formosa had not been found in British Seas, but Gwyn
Jeffreys records § in 1869, that it had then been dredged off
the Northumberland coast by G. S. Brady, in the Clyde
district by Eobertson, and in the Minch, from a depth of
sixty fathoms, by himself.

In 1880, I dredged two specimens of this beautiful
animal in Lamlash Bay, Arran, and since then I have
dredged a third specimen off Salen in the Sound of Mull
from a depth of twenty fathoms. So that altogether I
have collected three specimens on the west coast of
Scotland. Of these, I have one in the Zoological Museum
of University College, Liverpool, the second was given to
Dr. A. M. Norman, and the third was sent to Dr. E. Bergh,
who has made most CKcellent use of it in his recently
published accounts of the anatomy of the species.

The remarkable dorsal papillae of this species have been
figured by several of the above mentioned investigators,
and their branched condition has been recognised by all.
Lately, however, M. A. Vayssiere has published a note on

* "Vetensk. Akad. Handl.," 1839, p. 234.

t "Mollusca Regionis Arcticae Norvegise," 1878, p. 316.

% "Malacol. Untersuch. " Ht. vii., p. 309, 1874.

§ "British Conchology , " vol. v.

|] "Additional Notes on tlie Invertebrate Fauna of Lamlash Bay." Proc.
Roy. Phys. Soc., Edin. vol. vi., p. 15, pi. i., figs. 4 to 6, 1881.

H Beitr. z. kenntn. d. .Eolid., Verh. d. k. k. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. i.
AVien, 1888, p. 699.

NUDIBRANCHIATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. Ill

the systematic position of the genus Hero,^ in which he
states that the dendritic appearance of the dorsal papilla
is due to preservation in alcohol, and that these processes
are really fusiform dorsal cirri, like those of Eolis,
arranged in pedunculated groups.

On reading this paper I re-examined my specimen, which
is well preserved, and also my drawings made from the
living animal at Lamlash, and I can only say that my
published figures (Proc. Eoy. Phys. Soc, Edin., vol. vi.,
pi. i., figs. 4, 5) represent the branched cerata correctly.
Possibly M. Yayssiere's specimens may belong to another
species; if not, I am at a loss to conceive how he can
regard the dorsal papillae as being pedunculated groups of
fusiform processes. The branches do not all arise together
at the top of a peduncle; but the main stem divides, and
then the branches sub- divide some three or four or five
times in the various papillae in my specimen,! so that the
structure produced is a distinctly dendritic one; and,
moreover, this condition is not the effect of contraction,
but is as distinct or even more distinct in the living animal
than in preserved specimens.

* Comptes renJiis, cvii., p. 136, July 9, 1888.

t See also Bergh's figiu'es {loc. cit. pi. xix., figs. 9 and 10).

112

LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Explanation of Plate XII.

a. Artery.

ap. Aperture on apex of

papilla.
h.c. Blood corpuscles.
c.s. Ceratal blood sinus.
d.l.v. Dorso-lateral vein.
/. Foot.
f.g. Foot glands.
li.c. Hepatic caecum.
I. Liver.

m. Muscle bands.

mes.

Mesodermal tissue.

Df n.

Nerve in cerata.

o.t.

Ovo-testis.

P-

Passage from hepatic

caecum to cnido-

phorous sac.

r.c.

Renal chamber.

rh.

Ehinophore.

s.

Cnidophorous sac.

t.

Thread cells (cnida).

1,2,3

. Cerata or dorsal pa-

pillae.

Fig. 1.

Dissection of Bendronotus arhorescens, from the
left side x 1^-, showing the caecal processes of the
liver running towards the cerata.

Fig. 2. Transverse section of the body of Bendronotus in
the region of the second pair of cerata : that on
the right side is cut longitudinally. Drawn from
Swift's 1 in. obj.

Fig. 3. Transverse section of one of the third dorsal cerata
of Bendronotus. Swift, \ in.

Fig. 4. Transverse section of one of the dorsal cerata of
Eolis. Swift, ^ in.

Fig. 5. Longitudinal section of the extremity of one of
the dorsal cerata of Eolis, showing the opening of
the cnidophorous sac to the exterior. Swift, J in.

Fig. 6. A neighbouring section to the preceding one,
showing the communication between the cnido-
phorous sac and the hepatic caecum. Swift, \ in.

Fig. 7. Diagrammatic transverse section of Bendronotus,
showing the relations of the short hepatic caeca to
the ceratal and lateral blood sinuses.

Proc. l_-'pool Biol. Soc.

Vol. III. PL SII.

Fi5. 4,

o.-l.-.

Fi£ 2.

FiA- 5.

-tnes.

W.A.H. and J.A.C. deL

Fig- 6.
NUDIBRANCHIATA.

SECOND REPORT upon the TUNICATA of the
L.M.B.C. DISTRICT.

By W. a. Herdman, D.Sc, F.L.S., F.R S.E.,

PROFESSOR OF XATVRAL HISTORY IX UXn'EESITY COLLEGE, LIVERPOOL.

With Plate XIII.

[Read 10th May, 1889.]

Ill the previous report* I recorded forty-seven species,
seven of which were new to British seas and two new to
science ; and this long list appears to have nearly exhausted
the Tunicate fauna of the district, since, although a large
number of specimens have been collected during the last
three years, I am only able now to add four species to the
record. Of these, however, two are of great interest : —
the one is a Molgula new to science, obtained during the
"Weathercock" expedition of 1886; while the second,
Molgula citrlna, is a species which was described in 1848
by Alder and Hancock, and has not since been heard of.
I have found it on the shore at Puftiii Island, and at two
or three other localities.

- The successive cruises of the "Hyaena" in Liverpool
Bay have yielded a good deal of the material from which
the following notes were drawn up, and the shores of
Puftin Island have proved to be very rich in Compound
Ascidians, upon some of which I have commenced inves-
tigations which will form the subject matter of a future
report.

The following tw^enty species of Ascidians have been

* See "Fauna of Liver})Ool Bay," vol. i., 1886; p. 281 ; and also "Xotes on
Variation in the Tunicata," fom. cif., p. 354.

10

114 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

found round the shores of Pnftin Island smce the opening
of the Biological Station in May, 1887 : —

ASCIDI^ SiMPLICES. ASCIDLE COMPOSITE.

Clavelina lepacliformis. Polijcijclus savigmji.

do., var. rissoana. Botnjllus smaragclus.

Ascicliella virginea. B. sclilosseri.

A. scahra. Botrijlloides ruhriim.

Styela grossularia. B. leachii.

Polycarpa rustica . B. alb leans (?) .

Molgida citrina. Sarcobotrylloides s]). (?).

Distoma ruhrum.
Larvacea. Morcliellium argus.

Olhopleura flahelliun. Leptodinum maculosum.

L. durum.
Diplosoma gelatinosum.

I shall adhere to the same classification as that employed
in the previous report.

LARVACEA.

Family. Appendiculaeiid^ .

Oikopleura flahellum, J. Miill.

This species has now been taken with the tow-net in all
parts of our district, but it is the only iippendicularian
which has been noticed.

ASCIDIACEA.

ASCIDI^ COMPOSITE.

Family. Botryllid^.

Polycijclus savigmji, Herdman.

Dredged off the north coast of Anglesey, in the ''Hyaena"
cruise of 1886. A large colony growing over Hydrallmania
was found on the Beacon Kocks at Puffin Island.

TUNICATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 115

Botnjllus schlosseri, Pallas.

On September 8th, 1888, I found on the South Spit at
Puffin Island several very large colonies of this, species,
one measuring 12 cm. by 8 cm., and nearly covered with
small colonies of Polyzoa, both encrusting and branched,
and of Hydroids, and with many Amphipoda {Tritceta
gibbosa) and Lseniodipoda adhering. It has also been
found at Puffin Island in February, 1888, and at Black
Point, Anglesey, in October, 1887.

There are various specimens of BotnjUus from: — Douglas
Bay, dredged, August, 1886 ; Puffin Island, shore, June
26th, 1887 ; and off Port Erin, '* Hyasna" expedition, 1888;
which were not sufficiently examined when alive, and
cannot now be identified with certainty.

BotnjUus smaragdus, Milne-Edwards.

Found on the Beacon Bocks, Puffin Island, on June
26th, 1887, and July 24th, 1888. These colonies are
very fine, and vary a good deal in their colouring. The
pigmented corpuscles in the blood are of various tints of
gi'een, blue, yellow, red, and opaque white. The larger
lateral tentacles of the ascidiozooids (described and figured
in the last report) are occasionally found to be branched
at their tips. In several cases I have found an Acineta
adhering to the tentacles at the base of the branchial
siphon ; and a small Hydrachnid, coloured dark blue and
green like the colony, is found running over the surface.

BotnjUoides rubrum, Milne-Edwards.

This species is not uncommon at low tide on the shore
at Puffin Island. It is also found, I believe, on the shore
at Llandudno. We have brought it up on a long fishing
line set off the rocks below the Biological Station.

BotnjUoides leachii, Savigny.

A large colony was collected on the South Spit, Puffin

10-2

116 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Island, at low tide, on September 8th, 1888. The species
was found in October, 1887, at Black Point, Anglesey,
opposite Puffin Island ; also at Puftin Island in January,
1888, and on February 17th, 1889.

Botrijlloides albicans (?), Milne-Edwards.

Some colonies collected on the South Spit, Puliin Island,
in January and July, 1888, and on September 8th, 1888,
probably belong to this species, but some of them are of a
yellower tint than is usual. We find two forms, the one
of an amber tint and the other more of a chrome yellow.
They may be distinct species, or possibly only local
varieties. In the first mentioned the ascidiozooids and
the marginal bodies are of an amber colour, the common
cloacal apertures are four-lobed and are boi'dered with
lemon yellow, and the ascidiozooids have sixteen tentacles
of four sizes.

Sarcohotrylloides sp. (?).

A colony found on the South Spit, Puffin Island, in
March, 1888, seems to belong to this genus, separated in
1883 by von Drasche from Botrylloides. The specimen
was not sufiiciently examined when alive to warrant its
description here as a new species. Only tw^o species of the
genus are at present know^n, S. siqKrhum, von Drasche,
from the Adriatic, and S. wyvillii, Herdman, from the
Faroe Channel.

Family. Distomid^e.

Distoma ruhrum, Savigny.

This beautiful species is common under stones at low
water mark and below it on the South Spit, Puffin Island.
On September 8th, 1888, 1 collected colonies up to 5 cm. in
diameter containing ova, embryos and large tailed larvae.

Some of the large colonies are only slightly attached by

TUNICATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 117

the middle of the lower surface, the edges being free all
round. The specimens vary considerably in their colour
and in the size and arrangement of the ascidiozooids.

This species is also common at the south end of the Isle
of Man.

Family. Polyclinid.e.

Morchellium argus, Milne-Edwards.

Xot uncommon under stones on the South Spit, Puffin
Island, about low water mark. The peduncles of most of
the colonies are quite sandy on the surface, and sections
show that there are sand grains in the interior also, so that
the test is beginning to assume an appearance like that
characteristic of the genus Fsammaplidium.*

This species was also found, in October, 1887, at Black
Point, Anglesey, opposite Puffin Island, and was dredged
off the Anglesey coast in the "Hyaena" expedition of 1886.

Amaroucium py'oliferum, Milne-Edwards.

Collected at Douglas in August, 1880. Some specimens
were also dredged off the north coast of Anglesey during
the "Hyaena" expedition of 1886.

Family. Didemnid.e.

LeptocUnum candidum (?), Savigny.

Some very fine specimens were dredged from the
"Hygena" on May 20th, 1888, between the Calf of Man
and Port Erin from a depth of twenty fathoms. They are
attached to a worm tube and to a specimen oiHyas araneus.

LeptocUnum maculosum, Milne-Edwards.

A large specimen was obtained on the South Spit, Puffin
Island, on September 8th, 1888, at low water mark, and
another in July, 1888.

* Zool, Cliall. exped., Report upon the Tuuicata, part ii. p. 237,

118 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Leptoclinum durum, MiLae-Ed wards.

A small colony of a pale brown colour, probably belonging
to this species, was collected on the shore at Puffin Island,
on September 10th, 1888.

Family. Diplosomid.e.

Blplosoma gelatinosum, Milne-Edwards.

Some colonies were obtained at Douglas in 1886, and
also on the shore at Puffin Island on July 3rd, 1887.
They contain stellate calcareous spicules scattered through
the test.

ASCIDLE SIMPLICES.

Family. Clavelinid^.

My original contention that this group, the " Social
Ascidians," ought to be considered as a family of the
Simple Ascidians, Clavelina being united to Ciona by such
intermediate forms as Ecteinascidia and Bliopalona, has
received powerful support lately from the investigations of
Sluiter into the species of Ecteinascidia, and of Eoule
upon Bliopalona neapolitana. Eoule has discovered that
Bliopalona is in every respect similar to Ecteinascidia,
except that it does not produce buds.

Clavelina lepadiformis, 0. F. Miiller.

This species was formerly recorded h-om Hilbre Island
and the Isle of Man. I can now add the following
localities at which it has been taken: — Off Colwyn Bay,
on July 9th and September 7th, 1887, dredged by Mr.
A. 0. Walker, in two fathoms ; off Groudle Bay, north of
Douglas, Isle of Man, dredged by Mr. J. Clubb in August,
1886; under stones on the South Spit, Puffin Island,
collected on July 3rd, 1887, and September 8th and 9th,
1888.

TUNICATA OF THF: L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 119

The variety rissoana (sometimes considered as a distinct
species, Clavelina rissoana, M.-Edw.), which differs from
the ordinary form in having the pigmented hnes on the
thorax of a pure white colour in place of being some shade
of yellow, was found on the South Spit, Puffin Island, in
January, 1888.

Peroj^Jiora Usteri, Wiegmann.

We had previously obtained this species only from the
Isle of Man. Shortly after the publication of the First
Keport, however, we dredged some colonies during the
cruise of the " Hyaena," along the north coast of Anglesey
(the locality in which it was found by Edward Forbes
and McAndrew in 1843), in May, 1886; and we also
dredged some fine colonies, attached to Hydrallmania
falcata, on the " Weathercock" expedition of September,
1886, about twenty miles S.E. of the Isle of Man, from a
depth of twenty-five fathoms.

Family. Ascidiid.^.

In 1882, in the "Challenger" Eeport, I divided this
family into three sub-famihes: — the Hypobythinse, the
Corellinae and the Ascidinse. Eoule subsequently formed
two sections, the Cionae and the Phallusise in the last
sub-family. The Ciona? includes the genera Ciona and
BJiopalona, and the Phallusiae the genera Ascidiella,
Ascidia and FhaUusia.

ASCIDIN^.

Ciona intestinaUs, Linn.

This species was recorded in our former report from
Hilbre Island and the Isle of Man. It has since been
found as follows : —

During the "Weathercock" expedition of 1886, about a

120 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

dozen large specimens were dredged from twenty fathoms,
about twenty miles S.E. of the Isle of Man. In January,
1888, a specimen was collected on the shore at Puffin
Island. In the dredgings made from the "Hyaena," on
May 20th, 1888, between the Calf and Port Erin, several
specimens were obtained from a depth of twenty fathoms.
Some of these were very transparent.

A number of very large specimens were dredged in
November, 1888, from a trawler, at about twenty miles
north of Puffin Island, depth twenty fathoms. These last,
and also the "Weathercock" specimens obtained from the
centre of the Irish Sea, are very fine, some of them
extending to 8 cm. in length, and have a very powerful
muscular system. The longitudinal muscle bands of the
mantle are especially large, and the anterior ends of the
specimens are more completely retracted than I have ever
seen before, being invaginated to such an extent that a
deep pit is formed, at the bottom of which are found two
small pits formed by the branchial and atrial siphons
having been turned completely outside in (see PI. XIII. ,

fig. 13).

In some of the specimens the colour of the pigment
has not been changed by the alcohol, and the ocelli are
still bright red. One has a specimen of Saxicava rugosa
partly imbedded in the test ; the Mollusc usually found
in Ascidians is Modiolaria marmorata.

Many of these specimens might be referred to Roule's
sub-genus Fleurociona,* as they lie flat and are attached
to large shells or other objects along the greater part of the

* Roule, "Eevision des especes de Pliallusiadees des Cotes de Provence,"
Recueil Zoologique Suisse, t. iii,, no. 2, p. 239, 1886. Roule describes a new
species, Pleurociona cdwardsi, which appears to differ little if at all from Ciona
i7itestinalis. Besides the condition of attachment of the body, the membrane
which separates the viscera from the peribranchial cavity is said in Pleurociona
to be oblique in place of perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the body.

TUNICATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 121

left side of the body. In some cases the test is prolonged,
especially at the posterior end, to form extensive expan-
sions, and stolon-like processes.

Most of these specimens of Ciona iiitestinalis have their
branchial sacs infested with the parasitic Copepoda Noto-
delpliys allmani and Doropygus i^^ilex.

Mr. Henry Thomas of Llandudno has kindly sent me
a number of specimens of this species which he found
growing on the sides of the plunge bath in the Llandudno
Hydropathic. Some of these specimens were of very large
size, one of the largest observed by Mr. Thomas measuring
over four inches in length. Specimens of over two inches
long have grown on the sides within a month from the
emptying and scrubbing of the bath. This gives some
idea of the rate of growth of this species.

Ascidia mentula, 0. F. Miiller.

In the former report this species was only recorded from
the Isle of Man on the authority of Forbes. The
L.M.B.C. dredged it from a depth of twenty fathoms off
Port Erin, on May 20th, 1888, during the cruise of the
" Hyaena." The test is irregular in form and encloses
several large specimens of Modiolar'ia marmorata. The
tentacles are rather abnormal, being very short and stout,
but tapering rapidly. A large Amphipod was found in the
branchial sac, and a number of specimens of the parasitic
Copepod Botachus cijUndratus were obtained in the peri-
branchial cavity.

Ascidia plebeia, Alder.

This species had been found by the L.M.B.C. in 1885
off the south end of the Isle of Man, and it has since been
dredged again in the same locality, off the Calf, tw^enty
fathoms, during the cruise of the " Hyaena," on May 20th,
1888, and also off the north coast of Anglesey, where

122 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

several specimens were obtained during the "Hyaena"
expedition of 1886.

One of the specimens dredged off the Calf of Man
resembles Ascidia depressa in external form, being flattened
and elongated and attached by the whole length to a shell.
Some of these specimens are of a rich brown colom% not
only on the outside, but also in the mantle, branchial sac
and viscera.

The nerve ganglion in this species is placed far behind
the dorsal tubercle, consequently this species may be
referred to the genus Ascidia in the limited sense employed
by Roule, and which will be referred to below. The
tentacles are in nearly all specimens placed distinctly
in two rows, the smaller ones being inserted on a line
anterior to the rest. There are seventy-two tentacles in
all, eighteen large, eighteen medium sized, and thirty-six

small.

In one of the specimens from the Isle of Man there is
no dorsal tubercle in the large triangular peritubercular
area, but there are a number of small rounded secondary
apertures of the duct from the subneural gland into the
peribranchial cavity.

The specimens from near the Calf of Man contained in
their branchial sacs some Copepoda which Mr. Isaac C.
Thompson has identified as Boropygus poricauda , D . pulex ,
and Botachus cijlindratus . The latter was present in
large numbers both in the branchial sac and in the peri-
branchial cavity, and adhered firmly to the walls by its
hooked appendages.

Ascidiella venosa, 0. F. Miiller.

This species, the Ascidia venosa, or Phallusia venosa of
most authors, is an addition to our fauna. Two large
specimens and a small one were dredged from the "Hyaena"

TUNICATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 123

between Port Erin and the Calf, depth twenty fathoms,
on May 20th, 1888. Each specimen had a large Amphipod
{Leucothoe spinicarpa, Abildg.) in the branchial sac.

Eoule* in 1884 proposed that the large and well-know^n
genus Ascidia (=-- Phallusia, Savigny) should be broken
up into three smaller genera which he named AscidieUa,
Ascidia and Phallusia. He took as the type of the last
Cuvier's Ascidia mccmillata, characterized by having the
branchial sac reduplicated at its posterior end; while he
separated the two former groups by two chief features, viz-
(1) the anterior position of the nerve ganglion close to the
dorsal tubercle in AscidieUa, and (2) the absence of a dorsal
lamina posterior to the oesophageal aperture in the same
genus.

I believe that these are to a certain extent natural
groups, and I have decided to adopt them here ; but I must
point out that while Phallusia is quite distinct, Ascidia
and AscidieUa are not so easily distinguished as Eoule
supposes, and his definitions wall have to be slightly
altered if they arc to have a more extended application
than to the Ascidians of the coast of Provence. For
example the present species, which I now place as an
AscidieUa, w^iile it has the ganglion placed close to the
dorsal tubercle, possesses at the same time a well developed
prolongation of the dorsal lamina behind the oesophageal
aperture, and would consequently not find a place in any
one of the three genera as defined by Eoule. + I propose,
then, to modify Eoule's generic characters by leaving the
condition of the dorsal lamina out of consideration, and to
be guided in arranging the species by the position of the
nerve ganglion alone.

* " Recherches sur les Ascidies simples des cotes de Provence," Ann. du
Musee de Marseille, Zoologie, t. ii., mem. i,

t Loc. cit., and Recueil Zoologic|ue Suisse, t. iii. , no. 2, p, 214, 1886,

124 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Ascidiella virginea, 0. F. Miiller.

This is probably the commonest species of Ascidian in
this neighbom^hood. It has been found since the former
report as follows : —

Several specimens adhering to HydraUmania falcata
were dredged off the north coast of Anglesey, in the
"Hyc-ena" expedition of 1886. Half-a-dozen were dredged
from the centre of the Irish Sea, in the "Weathercock"
expedition of 1886. One specimen attached along its left
side to Zoophytes was collected, about half-tide, at the N.E.
end of Puffin Island, on December 3rd, 1887. Specimens,
some of them attached to HydraUmania falcata by a very
small area, were dredged off the N.W. side of Puffin Island
in February, 1888. It was also found at the N.E. end of
Puffin Island, at extreme low water, in February, 1888.
It is found under stones on the South Spit, Puffin Island,
at spring tides. Several specimens were dredged off Port
Erin in the "Hyaena" cruise of May, 1888; and finally
one was obtained under a stone at low tide, at Hilbre
Island, on March 2nd, 1889.

Many of these specimens, especially those fi'om between
tide marks, are flat, and attached by the left side, have the
apertures close together, and bear a strong resemblance
to Ascidiella scahra, a species which I am inclined to
regard as the shore variety of A. virginea. Koule has
pointed out that at Marseilles A. scahra is variable, and
passes into the varieties oi A. aspersa. There is no doubt
that several of these smaller species of Ascidiella are very
closely related forms, and are very variable.

Many of the specimens of ^4. virginea collected in this
neio^hbourhood are verv much infested with Modiolaria
marmorata, as many as six large specimens being some-
times found in one test. I find, however, very few parasitic
Copepoda in the branchial sac, possibly on account of the

TUNICATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTEICT. 125

numerous closely-placed tentacles. In Ciona intestinaUs,
the next commonest species, Copepoda are abundant in
the branchial sac. There is a gi'eat deal of opaque white
pigmentation in the mantle and branchial sacs of many of
the specimens from romid Puffin Island, and most of them
have the stomach and intestine distended with fine mud,
while the tentacles and vessels of the branchial sac are
coated with the same, showing the muddy condition of the
water in which the animals live.

The dorsal tubercle is very variable in this species ; one
specimen from Puffin Island has it of elliptical form, the
horns having united anteriorly.

Ascldiella scahra, 0. F. Miiller.

This is a species which I regard with a certain amoujit
of doubt. Some specimens found on the shore at Puffin
Island may either belong here or to the last species.

Two small specimens of Ascldiella obtained at Groudle
Bay, Isle of Man, by Mr. Clubb, most probably belong
here. Their dorsal tubercles are very like those of Ascidla
plebeia, but there are no papillae in the branchial sacs, and
their nerve ganglions are placed far forward, close to the
dorsal tubercle. The branchial sac contained a parasitic
Copepod, Doropygus pulex.

A. specimen found by Mr. Henry Thomas in the plunge
bath at Llandudno Hydropathic, along with a number of
specimens of Ciona intestinaUs, appears to be referable to
the present species. It is an abnormal specimen, as it has
two atrial apertures placed side by side on distinct atrial
siphons. They are almost of the same size, and are each
six-lobed. This is an interesting case of the persistence
of an early post-larval character.

Ascidiella aspersa, 0. F. Miiller.

A few specimens of this species were dredged off the

126 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

south end of the Isle of Man during the "Hyaena"
expedition of 1888.

CoEELLIiNT^.

Corella parallelogramma, 0. F. Miiller.

A number of specimens of this form, our only repre-
sentative of the sub-family Corellinse, were dredged from
the ''Hy^na" on May 20th, 1888, between the Calf and
Port Erin, from a depth of twenty fathoms. Some of them
were adhering to the tests of Ascidiella virginea.

Family. Cynthiid.e.

In the "Challenger" Keport I divided this family into
the three sub-families Bolteninse, StyeHna3 and Cynthinse.
We have no British representative of the Bolteninae.

Styelin^.

Stijela grossularia, van Beneden.

In the former report this species was recorded £i*om the
Menai Straits and the Isle of Man. It has since been
found as follows: — In various dredgings along the north
coast of Anglesey during the cruise of the "Hyaena" in
1886; in the "Weathercock" expedition, September, 1886
(on Pecten opercular is) ; under stones on the North Spit,
Puffin Island, June 11th, 1887, and July 24th, 1888; off
the south end of the Isle of Man, betw^een the Calf and
Port Erin,, in several hauls of the dredge from the
"Hyaena," May 20th, 1888, depth twenty fathoms.

These last specimens were of the small, flat, blister-like
form, but many of those obtained off Anglesey from the
" Hyaena," in 1886, were elongated antero-posteriorly, and
were closely crowded together on aggregated masses of
sand grains and shell fragments, while others obtained at

TUNICATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 127

the same time, attached to Mytllus ediilis and M. iiiodiolus
and to the test of Polycarpa pomaria, were of the depressed
form.

Polijca rpa pomaria, Savigny .

Only a single specimen of this species had been recorded
before from the district. It has since been taken on three
occasions. One large specimen was dredged off the north
coast of Anglesey in the " Hygena" cruise of 1886: a small
specimen was collected at Hilbre Island on Jmie 4th, 1887;
and half a dozen large specimens and some small ones were
obtained in the dredgings from the ''Hyaena" between the
Calf and Port Erin in May, 1888, depth twenty fathoms.

These last are very much mis-shapen from containing
large specimens of Modiolaria marmorata, but had no
parasitic Amphipoda or Copepoda in their branchial sacs,
with the exception of one specimen of probably a new
species of Boropygus, a specimen of which was also
obtained along with a Dorojyjjgus normcud in the branchial
sac of a Styela riistica dredged off Skate Island in Loch
Fyne.

Polycarpa rustica, Linn.

A specimen of this species was collected at Puffin Island
on July 24th, 1888.

Cynthin^.

Cynthia echinata, Linn.

A single small specimen of this beautiful species was
dredged from the "Hygena," on May 20th, 1888, between
the Calf and Port Erin, from a depth of twenty fathoms.
It is new to the fauna, not having been taken in the
L.M.B.C. district before, and it is our only representative
of the sub-family Cynthinae.

128 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Family. Molgulid^.

Eugyra glutinans, Moller.

Several specimens were dredged in Port Soderick Bay,
Isle of Man, by Mr. Clubb, in August, 1886.

A curious abnormality was noticed in the branchial
sac of one individual, the spirally coiled stigmata being
interrupted down one of the angles in the case of several
meshes. One of these is figured on Plate XIII. (fig. 14).

Molgula occulta, Kupffer.

A dozen specimens, large and small, were dredged by
Mr. Clubb, in Port Soderick Bay, Isle of Man, in August,
1886.

Molgula citrina, Alder and Hancock (PI. XIIL,figs. 7 to 12).

This species was named and briefly described, as to its
external appearance, by x^lder,* in 1848. So far as I am
aware, it has not been recorded or referred to for over forty
years. The mode of attachment by the posterior end and
part of the left side, the smooth test free from sand, the
prominent apertures, the translucent amber colour, and
the orange mark caused by the viscera showing through,
are all characteristic features by which the species can be
recognised.

Alder and Hancock's specimens were obtained "on
the under side of stones between tide-marks, Cullercoats
and Whitley, not common." I have found it during
the last few years on the Wardie shore, near Granton,
Firth of Forth; at Loch Banza, Arran; on the south-west
coast of Bute; and, in the L.M.B.C. district, at Puffin
Island, on the Beacon Kocks, on June 26th and July 3rd,
1887, on June 17th and 18th, 1888, and May 26th, 1889;

* Cat. of the Moll, of Nortliumbeiiaud aud Duiham, Trans. Tyiieside Nats.
Field Club, vol. i., p. 104.

TUNICATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTEICT. 129

and on the North Spit, on July 24th, 1888. Alder gives the
size as three-eighths of an inch. Most of the specimens
at Puffin Island are rather smaller, about quarter of an inch
to five-sixteenths in length, but I have one which measures
even in the contracted state, fully half an inch (13 mm.)
in its dorso- ventral extent.

The obliquity of the plane of attachment (PI. XIII.,
fig. 8, ad.) is a constant character, the flattened area being
not only more on the left side than on the right, but also
more dorsally than ventrally so that the branchial apertui'e
projects more freely than the atrial does. This appears to
be solely a littoral species, as I have never taken it except
between tide marks. It is found generally under large
stones close to low water mark. In its external appearance
from the absence of any coating of sand or shell fragments
it is very unlike a Molgula, and has probably been often
mistaken for the young of an Ascidia, such as A. scahra.
An examination of the apertures, however, shows at once
that it belongs to the family Molgulidae (PL XIII. , figs.
7 and 8).

As in the original account of this species only the
external appearance is referred to, I shall add here the
characters of the internal organs so as to complete the
necessary description of the species: —

The Test is thin, but cartilaginous like that of an Ascidia.
It is semi-transparent, and has no encrusting sand.

The Mantle is fairly muscular, but has none of the
peculiar short fusiform muscle bundles usually found in the
Molgulidae, except to a slight extent at the sides of the
endostyle. The branchial and atrial sphincters are very
strong.

The Branchial Sac has seven folds on each side. These
are all much of the same size, and have three to five
internal longitudinal bars each (PL XIII. , fig. 9, hr.f.). The

11

130 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

vessels are relatively large. The stigmata are few, and are
arranged so as to form well developed spirals. There are
a large nmnber of very delicate membranous connections
between the vessels. Some of these are very wide and
break up the stigmata considerably (PL XIII., fig 9).

The Endostyle is large and conspicuous.

The Dorsal Lamina is a narrow plain membrane.

The Tentacles are very large. There are about sixteen
altogether : they are of two sizes placed larger and smaller
alternately. The smaller ones are about one-third of the
size of the larger (PI. XIII. , fig. 10). The latter are very
much branched, and the numerous minute twigs are all
slightly knobbed at their ends.

The Dorsal Tubercle has a simple horse-shoe shape with
the opening turned to the side. It lies in a deep peri-
tubercular area (PL XIII. , fig. 11).

The specimens from Puffin Island contain embryos and
tailed larvae in their peribranchial cavities. The larvae
have a well developed tail, and a single pigmented sense-
organ (PL XIII., fig. 12).

Molgula hancocJci, n. sp. (PL XIII. , figs. 1 to 6).

External Appearance : Shape ovate, elongated antero-
posteriorly, scarcely compressed; posterior end tapering
into a mass of matted hair-like filaments. Apertui'es at
the anterior end, near one another, slightly prominent.
Slightly covered with sand anteriorly, more closely en-
encrusted in its posterior half (PL XIII. , fig. 1). Colour
lightish yellow. Length 1'5 cm. Breadth 1 cm. Thickness
8 mm.

The Test is fairly thick in its posterior part, thinner
anteriorly; it is smooth and glistening on its inner surface.
The prolongations of the test to which sand grains are
attached are long and closely placed at the posterior end,

TUNICATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTEICT. 131

but short, unbranched and scattered over the rest of the
surface (PI. XIII., fig. 4). There are a few small sparingly
branched vessels with elongated slightly dilated ends
(PI. XIII., fig. 3, v.). The test in thin sections shows a
clear slightly fibrillated matrix in which a few test cells are
scattered.

The Mantle is not adherent to the test except at the
apertures. It is moderately thick. The interlacing muscle
bands are slender, but numerous. On the left side of the
body, over the viscera, they are very delicate. The siphons
are rather large and muscular.

The Braiichial Sac has five folds on each side. They are
all of the same size, and bear each three or four internal
longitudinal bars on the surface. The stigmata are not
very much curved, and in some places are quite straight
(PL XIIL, fig. 5, sg.).

The Dorsal Lamina is a plain, short, wide membrane
with an irregular free edge.

The Tentacles are eight large and eight smaller alter-
nating, and a few very small ones placed irregularly.

The Dorsal Tubercle has a simple circular or quadrangular
opening (PI. XIIL, fig. 6, d. t.).

A single specimen of this new species, which I name
in honour of Albany Hancock, who was a distinguished
investigator of the British Tunicata, was dredged from
a depth of twenty fathoms, at about twenty miles S.E.
of the Isle of Man, in the ''Weathercock" expedition
of September, 1886. It may have been attached by the
matted fibres at the posterior end of the test. Most of the
adhering sand grains are behind the middle of the body.
At first sight it seems as if there w^ere no hair-like
processes, and that the sand was attached directly to the
test, but on scraping away some of the encrusting grains
it is seen (see PL XIIL, fig. 4) that a comparatively small

11-2

132 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

number of short unbranched filaments are present. The
branchial and atrial apertures are slight prominences.

In external appearance (PI. XIII., fig. 1) this species is
not unlike Polycarpa comata, with which it has, however,
no close relationship. The body when removed from the
test is of rounded outline. The left reproductive mass,
nearly enclosed in the very long curved intestine, is seen
on the left side (PI. XIIL, fig. 2, g.); while the other
reproductive mass, the renal organ and the heart, lie upon
the right side of the body.

In possessing only five folds on each side of the
branchial sac, this species differs from most members of
the genus Molgula and agrees with Molgula (Pera) chrys-
tallma* Moller, from which species, however, it differs
totally in external appearance and in the condition of
the test.

The dorsal tubercle (PL XIIL, fig. 6) is in that in-
teresting, simple condition which I first described! in the
cases of Molgula pijriformis and Eiigyra kerguelenensis,
and which has since been found in the case of several other
species.

The alimentary canal is very long, and is closely folded
upon itself throughout the whole length (PI. XIIL, fig.
2, i.) . The stomach is very far forward, and the double
intestinal loop is bent ventrally anteriorly and then
dorsally.

* For a description of this species see Traustedt, Vid. Medd. Xat. For.
Kopenhagen, 1879-80, p. 27 ; and for a figure see Verrill, Amer. Jour. Sc. and
Arts, 1872, pi. viii., fig. 9.

+ Zool. Chall. Exped., Report oii Tunicata, part i., pp. 79 and 81, pi, vi
figs. 3 and 9.

Proc. L'pool Biol. Soc.
Fig. 1.

Fig. 3

Vol. III. PL XITl.

Fig. 4.

Fig 2

Fig. 9

Fig. ]0

W.A.H. del

TUNICATA.

TUNICATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 133

Explanation of Plate XIII.

Figs. 1 to 6, Molgula hancocki, n. sp.

Figs. 7 to 12, Molgula citrina, Aid. and Hanc.

Fig. 13, Ciona intestinalis , Linn.

Fig. 14, Eugyra glutinans, Moller.

ad. Adhering area. i. Intestine.

at. Atrial aperture. i.l. Internal longitudinal bar.

hr.f. Fold of branchial sac. j^.p. Peripharyngeal band.

d.l. Dorsal lamina. sg. Stigmata.

d. t. Dorsal tubercle. st. Stomach.

g. Keproductive gland. v. Vessel of test.

Fig. 1. Molgula hancocki, n. sp., natural size, from the
right side.

Fig. 2. Part of left side of same, with test removed to
show the viscera,^ slightly enlarged.

Fig. 3. Section of test of same, highly magnified, S. \ in.

Fig. 4. Part of outside of test, showing the short pro-
cesses and sand grains, magnified, S. 1 in.

Fig. 0. Part of branchial sac from the inside, magnified,
Swift's 1 inch objective.

Fig. 6. Dorsal tubercle and neigbouring parts, magnified,
S. 1 in.

Molgula citrina, Alder and Hancock, natural size,
from the right side.

The same from the anterior end, showing the
area of attachment {ad.) .
9. Part of the branchial sac from the inside, mag-
nified, S. 1 in.

A large and a small tentacle, magnified, S. 1 in.
The dorsal tubercle and neighbouring parts, mag-
nified, S. 1 in.

Fig. 12. The tailed larva of Molgula citrina, magnified, S. 1.

Fig. 13. Diagram showing the inversion of the anterior end
of Ciona, natural size.

Fig. 14. Part of an abnormal mesh of the branchial sac of
Eugijra glutinans.

Fig.

7

Fig.

8

Fig.

9

Fig.
Fig.

10
11

KEPOKT on the SEALS and WHALES (Pinnipedia
and Cetacea) of the L.M.B.C. DISTEICT.

By Thomas J. Mooee, Corr. Memb. Zool. Soc. Lond.,

CURATOR OF THE FREE PUBLIC MUSEUM, LIVERPOOL.

[Read 10th May, 1889.]

Pakt I. Seals : —

In the second edition of Bell's "British Quadrupeds"
(Van Voorst, 1874), six species of Seals, including the
Walrus, are enumerated as having occurred on the coasts
of Great Britain and Ireland. Two of these, the Hooded
Seal and the Grey Seal, have occurred in the Mersey,
are preserved in the Liverpool Museum, and came under
my own personal observation as recorded below. Other
notices of Seals in our district are few, vague and unsatis-
factory. Byerley, in his "Fauna of Liverpool," 1854,
p. 7, mentions only one, PJioca vitulina, the Common Seal
or Sea-Calf, as having occurred occasionally in the Dee
and Mersey, and neighbouring parts of the coast. Dr.
Cuthbert Collingwood, in his carefully compiled paper on
" The Historical Fauna of Lancashire and Cheshire,"
says:* "Seals have occasionally come up our rivers. Dr.
Leigh mentions a Sea-Calf Seal as taken in the Eibble ;
and Pennant (Zool., vol. i., p. 177) describes a Pied Seal
{PJioca bicolor), of which he says, 'this I saw at Chester ;
it was taken near that city in May, 1766.'" To this
Collingwood adds, "This appears to have been an indi-
vidual of the species Monachus alhiventer (Gray, Mus.
Catal.), a rare Mediterranean species, of which this is
the only specimen recorded as captured upon British

♦ Proc. Lit. and Phil. Soc. L'pool, 1864.

SEALS AND WHALES OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTEICT. 135

coasts." Much stress, however, must not be laid on these
conchisions.

For the correct determination of Seals, examination and
comparison of their skulls are absolutely necessary. The
colour of the fur varies much in individuals, and in the
Harp Seal more than in any others. In this species the
adult male has a black face and a black harp-like figure on
its back, whence its name. In the female this is with the
face brown and less well defined; immature specimens are
mottled with greyish black spots, and the young cubs are
creamy white. These differences are well displayed in the
Museum series of specimens from Newfoundland, presented
by Messrs. Bo wring, and arranged in a characteristic
group. An examination of the skulls from these individuals
at once shows their identity. This difticulty in determina-
tion applies with much force to attempts to make out the
species described or even figured by the older authors, and
was much felt by the late Dr. J. E. Gray, in cataloguing
the rich collections of the British Museum under his care.
He set to work with characteristic energy to work out both
the skins and skulls, giving a great impetus both to
collectors and describers, and inaugurating a new era.
Previously confusion was inevitable, for those whose
knowledge was based on personal observation of the
creatures in life, however wide and accurate, being cut off
from access to the observations recorded in books were at
great disadvantage in making their observations accurately
known, while those with the fullest command of book
knowledge had but scant opportunities of studying from
living creatures in their natural state. These remarks
apply with even greater force to the study of the Cetacea
with respect to which Dr. Gray also applied himself with
similar zeal, though not always with equal success.

To return to the Seals : in the absence of published

136 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

notes on their occurrence, I applied to Mr. Alfred 0.
Walker, late of Chester, who has long taken a keen
interest in the marine zoology of the district, and he writes
me. May 7th, 1889, "I have occasionally heard of Seals
being taken in the Dee and Mersey, but have never seen
them, and can give you no information as to species." I
cannot find a record of the Common Seal, Phoca vitidina,
even as a visitor, though many particulars are noted of it
visiting the Scotch and Irish coasts. Its extreme shyness,
and the vast increase in shipping are, doubtless, the causes
of its absence here.

PINNIPEDIA.

Family. Phocid^.

Phoca groenlandica , Fabr.

A specimen identified as the Harp Seal by Sir William
Turner and Mr. T. Gough, was captured on the coast of
Lancashire, in 1874.*

Haliclioerus grijpiis, Fabr.

In 1861 I noted and exhibited a fine recently stuffed
specimen of a Seal, caught in the Canada Dock, and
presented to the Museum by Mr. George Hulse, tm^tle
merchant, of Liverpool. Owing to the difficulties of
determination, alluded to above, I then supposed this to
be the Common Seal {Phoca vitidina), and it was not till
I was able to compare in the British Museum the skull
from the stuffed specimen that I found it to be an example
of the Grey Seal! {Hcdichoerus grijpus).

* Journ. Aiiat. and Physiol, vol. ix., p. 163.

t Bell's "British Quadrupeds," ed. 2, p. 262; Gray's "Museum Catalogue,"
ed. 2, p. 34.

SEALS AND WHALES OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 137

CystopJiora cristata, Erxleben.

On February 24th, 1873, I annonnced* the capture of
a Seal, which was found ahve on the Mersey shore at
Frodsham Marsh, on the 3rd of February, and was
exhibited at Widnes, near AVarrington, where I saw it
ahve and made sketches from it. It was large and
powerful, being about six feet in length and in very fine
condition, though it had taken very little food. The face,
breast and fore flippers were of a blackish colour, the body
paler, with a few dark blotches ; but the colours were not
very noticeable while the creature was wet. From the
dilatation of the nostrils, shown under the slightest provo-
cation, I was inclined to consider it to be a Hooded Seal,+
but considering the extremely rare occurrence of that
species on the British coast, I refrained from speaking
positively, and waited in hopes of securing the specimen
after death for the museum, in which I ultimately
succeeded, and a comparison of the skull at the British
Museum confirmed my original supposition. The second
edition of Bell's "British Quadrupeds" was then in the
press, and I wrote to Mr. Edward K. Alston, who was
engaged thereon, informing him of the above occurrence,
but the notice was too late for reference therein. Two
other specimens of the Hooded Seal are certainly known
to have been killed in Britain : — one in the Orwell in
1847, t and the other at St. Andrews in 1872. §

The following notes on the Hooded Seal were taken at
Widnes, soon after the death of the creature: — General
colour brownish ; front streak from eyes, front of fore and
hind legs, black; belly and throat whitish. Tail and hind

* Proc. Lit. Phil. Soo. Liverpool, vol. xxvii., p. Ixxiii.

t Bell's "Brit. Quad.," ed. 2, p. 257; Gray's "Mus. Catal.," ed. 2, p. 4L

+ "Brit. Quad.," ed. 2, p. 258.

§ "Scottish Naturalist," vol. ii., p. I.

138 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

flippers worn on the upper surface and wherever the
surface could rub. Webs of hind feet extended twelve
inches when fully stretched, of fore feet seven inches,
brownish and hairy beneath. The hair of arm pits and
underside of fore flipper longer and thicker than elsewhere.
A bare space indicating the navel measured three inches
wide and two-and-a-half long. Two inches behind this
a pair of orifices, admitting pencil points, indicated nipples.
The sexual orifice hidden with long hair. The outer and
lower rows of bristles in the moustache longest, increasing
in length gradually to the outermost ; the extreme one of
the lowest row but one being the longest, and measuring
five and three-quarters inches. A solitary hair on each
cheek between nostril and eye; and four or five slender
hairs grouped an inch behind each eye. The hairs, on
skinning the creature, were found to have long roots
projecting beyond the inner surface of the skin, and were
deeply imbedded in the muscle. The moustaches con-
sisted of six rows of bristles, consisting of five hairs in the
lowest, seven in the next, eight, seven, six and three in
the others. The cheeks and chin, shoulders and loins
were white, slightly mottled. The shoulders, paws and
belly whitish, the rest of the creature being bare and
everywhere black or darkly coloured. Scarcely any
indication of the cavity of the hood was noticeable on
skinning the head. The total length was five feet three
inches.

SEALS AND WHALES OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 139

Part II. Whales : —

CETACEA.

Sub-Order I. MYSTACOCETI.

Family 1. Bal^nid^.

Megaptera longimana, Eudolphi.

On July 17th, 1863, a large specimen of a whale was
observed by some fishermen stranded on a sand-bank at
Speke. Its struggles were so evident that no boatmen
durst venture near it: all they could do for a length of
time was to keep an eye on it. When dead it was secured
with ropes and towed to the shore. I visited it on the
22nd, made an external examination, and took correct
measurements, as under. It was lying on its back, a
position very favorable for examination of the under surface,
but hiding all view of the blowers. I believed it to be a
specimen of "Johnston's Hump-backed Whale, Megaptera
longimanaj' of Dr. Gray's "Catalogue," 1850, p. 26, and
it would appear to have been up to that date only once
before observed on the British coast, namely, at Newcastle,
by Dr. Johnston, and it is remarkable that both specimens
were females.

The dimensions are : — Ft. In.

Total length in a straight line, from

snout to cleft of tail 31 4

Length of gape, about 8

From snout to the eye 8

Length of the eye 3

From snout to commencement of pec-
toral fin 11

Length of pectoral fin 10

Extreme width of tail at the tip 11

140 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

From snout to commencement of dorsal

fin, or rather hump 18

Length of hump 3 3

From snout to cloaca 21

I had no opportunity of examining the viscera, but
learned from the butchers that a quantity of shrimps were
found in the stomach.

The genus Megaj^tera is distinguished from the genus
Balcena, or whalebone whales, by the presence of a dorsal
fin or hump ; by the belly being plaited or deeply grooved,
and the plates of baleen being broad and short: which
characters agree with this specimen. The longest plate of
baleen measures about two feet long by five and a half
inches at base, and the plates w^ere so close together that
I counted thirty-eight in the length of a foot. The creature
was quite black, except the belly, which was mottled and
streaked with white, and the pectoral fins were milk-white
except a black blotch here and there.

The carcase was purchased by Mr. Brock, of Clement
Street, Vauxhall Eoad, who most liberally presented the
skeleton to the Museum, where it was carefully mounted
by Mr. Henry Reynolds, the Museum Taxidermist.

Sub-Order II. ODONTOCETI.

Family '2. Zivbiydm.

Hyperoodcn rostratus, Chemn.

Gray (Cat. 1874, p, 331) says, "This is one of the most
generally caught whales on our coast." Byerley notes
four examples of the common Beaked or Bottle-nosed
Whale* which have occurred in our district, to which I
have to add a fifth. Byerley's notes are as follows: —

* Bell's "Brit. Quad. " ed. 2, p. 421; Gray's "Catal." p. 330; Flower's
"List of Cetacea." 1885, p. 9.

SEALS AND WHALES OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 141

''One stranded upon East Hoyle Bank, 1858, and
exhibited at Tranmere Slip, after which it was cut up at
Hoylake, and 140 gallons of oil obtained from its blubber.
The stomach contained great numbers of the horny beaks
of some species of cuttle. Although these have been found
frequently in the stomachs of whales, in this instance the
mode of their arrangement was remarkable, as the beaks
were inserted one within another, so as to ride, regularly
imbricated, in rows of ten, fifteen, or twenty together.
I have pulled as many as seven asunder, and the person
who took them from the stomach informed me that they
formed rows, in some instances, of an inch and a half.
Many were so firmly impacted that they required strong
traction to separate them, and sometimes they would
break rather than come asunder. This curious arrange-
ment must have been brought about by the peristaltic
movements of the stomach. Another specimen was cap-
tured at the Little Meols two years ago."

"August 25th, 1853, a male of this species was stranded
upon the East Hoyle Bank ; its length was twenty-one
feet ; from the angle of the mouth to the tip of the snout,
twenty inches ; from tip of snout to eye, three feet six
inches; eye to spiracle, two feet three inches. The pectoral
fins were one foot nine inches long and nine inches broad ;
tail fin or propeller, five feet six inches broad and two feet
long ; the dorsal fin about ten or eleven feet from the tail ;
from the vent to the tail, seven feet six inches ; orifice of
urethra to anal opening, one foot ten inches ; the length of
the snout was one foot three inches. I had an opportunity
of seeing the stomach opened, and observed great numbers,
certainly many hundreds, of the cuttle beaks ; many were
unattached, but others were placed one within another, as
in the foregoing instance. Another of the same species,
probably his female mate, was seen swimming about the

142 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

same locality for three weeks after his capture, and was
driven by three fishing boats upon the same bank, which,
however, was covered with sufficient water to enable him
to flounder off."

On the first of September, 1881, two fishermen named
William Dunbobin and Adam Ireland, while fishing in the
Lancashire side of the Mersey, near Speke, observed
something unusual lying on the beach. On getting to the
place they found that a whale had been left by the
receding tide. They at once set about capturing the
beast, which they succeeded in doing after a smart
struggle. I visited it as soon as possible afterwards and
found it to be a fine specimen of the Beaked Whale,
Hyperoodon rostratus, measuring twenty-three feet in
length and twelve feet in greatest girth. The skeleton
was obtained for the Museum, but owing to unavoidable
difficulties was not succesfully macerated.

It is somewhat singular that this specimen was captured
near the spot where the W^hale, said to have been twenty-
four feet long, was caught (in October, 1856), whose
skeleton was mounted for the Museum of the Liverpool
Boyal Institution. That skeleton was sold with the rest
of the Mammalia collection, and other objects, to the
authorities of the Nottingham Museum, to which they
were removed a few years since. Fortunately before the
removal I was favoured by the Committee of the Institution
with the loan of the skull, from which a large series of well
executed pencil drawings was made by Mr. John Chard,
Museum Draughtsman, under my personal supervision.

Family 3. Delphinid^.

Phoccena communis, F. Cuvier.

The Common Porpoise is frequent in shoals during
stormy and changeable weather. A very young Porpoise,

SEALS AND WHALES OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 143

eighteen inches in length, was brought to me at the
Museum, on the 22nd March, 1888. It was the usual
black colour on the tail, fins and upper parts, but a rosy
pink on the sides and lower parts, especially on the
abdomen. It was brought up in a shrimp-net after being
down two hours, but lived only about ten minutes after.
The same shrimper, John Hanmer, reported to me on the
20th of May, 1889, that when at the North-west Lightship,
about an hour after daylight, he observed within ten yards
of his boat a shoal of porpoises which he estimated to
extend fully three miles.

Dr. Gray pointed out in 1865 (P. Z. S.) a series of short
spiny processes on the front edge of the dorsal fin, and
named a specimen living in the Zoological Society's
Garden, and after death removed to the British Museum,
Plioccena tuherculifera. It was subsequently found that
this peculiarity was known to the ancients and also to
Camper. Examples would appear to be not uncommon,
for two at least have come under my observation in our
own district, namely, one speared a quarter of a mile off
the Kock Lighthouse, February 7th, 1867, measuring four
feet eight and three-quarter inches in length ; and another,
four feet four inches in length, taken near the Herculaneum
Dock, October 12th, 1881.

Orca gladiator, Lacepede.

At the end of March, 1876, a Cetacean, reported to have
been twenty-five feet in length, was captured near West
Kirby, at the mouth of the Dee, by a couple of Parkgate
fishermen who were out in a small boat. It had evidently
come in too far in pursuit of food, and the receding tide
effectually prevented its return into deep water. The
fishermen secured it by a hook and line, and were soon
surrounded by a number of people, the place where it lay

144 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

being about half a mile from the village. Though out of
water, it still retained some strength, lashing its tail in an
alarming manner, and with -sufficient violence to break in
pieces the iron anchor belonging to the boat. This was,
however, of short duration, for a gash in its side with a
knife put an end to its struggles. It was soon after cut
up and carted away by a person in the neighbourhood,
who had bought it for boiling and extracting the oil. This
process was so far advanced when I was able to visit the
place that I was only able to procure a flipper for the
Museum, and to recognise this as belonging to an Orca*
(the Killer or Grampus). Unfortunately the bones of this
member were lost in the long process of maceration.

Lagenorhijnclius alhirostris, Gray.

On the 29th December, 1862, at daybreak, a fresh wind
blowing from W.S.W., and the tide being about quarter-
ebb, a Cetacean was discovered stranded at Little Hilbre,
one of two closely contiguous islands at the mouth of the
Dee. It was observed by Mr. Barnett, Inspector of Buoys,
who resided on the larger island, and who had noticed
others off the shore a few days previously. I had urged
Mr. Barnett, on the occurrence of such creatures, to
endeavour to secure examples for the Liverpool Museum ;
and he was, in consequence, kind enough immediately to
proceed to the mainland for a suitable conveyance, into
which it was carefully removed and brought to Birkenhead
Ferry, and thence across the Mersey to the Museum.

The creature was still living, spasmodically breathing at
irregular intervals; the body w^as warm to the hand, and
tear-like moisture oozed from its eyes as it lay quiescent
in the cart. I was desirous of giving it a fresh chance of

* Bell's "Brit. Quad." ed. 2, p. 445; Gray's Catal., p. 279; Flower's
"List of Cetacea," p. 18.

SEALS AND WHALES OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTEICT. 145

life, and my first anxiety was to obtain a vessel large
enough to form a bath for it. This I succeeded, after some
delay, in securing in a turtle tank belonging to Mr. Hulse,
at the back of the present Sessions' House ; but, to my great
mortification, the creature gave up the ghost (with con-
siderable violence, too) at the very moment when w^e v\^ere
prepared to remove him into the tank. It was then getting
dark, and the poor animal had thus lived about eight hours
out of water. It was a male; and upon endeavouring to
make out the species, I was agreeably surprised to find it
approximate most nearly to the description of the White-
beaked Bottle-nose (Lagenorhynchus alhirostris) * as given
in Dr. Gray's " Catalogue of Cetacea in the British
Museum," p. 99, and in the "Zoology of the Voyage of
the Erebus and Terror," p. 35, the skull agreeing well with
the figures in the latter work, pi. 11. I subsequently sent
the skull to Dr, Gray for comparison; and he confirmed
my supposition of its being an individual of the species
above named, namely, L. albirostris, which was founded
upon a specimen taken at Great Yarmouth in October,
1845, and recorded by Mr. Brightwell in the "Annals for
1846" (vol. xvii., p. 21, pi. 2) under the name oiBeljphinus
tursio. This addition to our local fauna was a matter of
considerable interest, as its place of capture comes within
the range taken by Byerley in his " Fauna of Liverpool,"
1854, and in wiiich only two Cetaceans are recorded,
namely, Pliocmna communis and Hyperoodon rostratus.

The general colour was a rich black. A long and narrow
greyish streak extended on either side diagonally across
the ribs ; and a similar greyish hue occuiTed on each side
of the dorsal ridge, extending nearly from the fluke to the
tail. The beak white, irregularly blotched with blackish,

* Delphinus albirodris, Gray, Bell's "Brit. Quad,," ed, 2, p. 472; L.
albirostris, Gray's "Catal.," p. 272; Flower's "'List of Cetacea," p. 22.

12

146 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

the white extending sHghtly above the constriction of the
beak. The under jaw and throat milk-white, which colour
extended along the belly, but became less clear as it
approached the vent. Its dimensions were as follows: —

Feet. Inches.

Total length from snout to cleft of tail... 9

Length of gape lO^-

Length of beak 2 J

Length of under jaw beyond the upper.. 0^^

Length fi'om snout to eye 1 IJ

Length from snout to blow-hole 1 3

To commencement of dorsal fluke 3 11

To end of dorsal fluke 5 6

To pectoral fin 1 9

Breadth of tail 2 5

Deflection of cleft of tail from a line

drawn between its tips 6 J

Girth in front of pectoral fin 3 11

Girth in front of dorsal fluke 5

Girth behind dorsal fluke 4 3

The body became much attenuated towards the tail.
Immediately in front of the dorsal fluke, the vertical and
transverse diameters were nearly the same, the former
being thirty-one and a half inches, and the latter thirty
and a half inches. Half way between the end of the fluke
and the commencement of the tail the vertical diameter is
thirteen inches, and the transverse six and three-quarters ;
and immediately before the commencement of it, the
vertical diameter was four and a half inches, and the
transverse two and a quarter, or exactly one half. The
dorsal fluke measured twenty-four inches along its con-
vexity, and was eleven inches high. The pectoral fin at
its junction with the trunk was seven inches across, and
its greatest length (diagonal) nineteen inches; measured

SEALS AND WHALES OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 147

round the curve it was twenty-one inches. The eye was
seven-eighths of an inch long by half an inch. The orifice
of the ear was two and a half inches behind the eye in a
slightly diagonal direction, and was less in diameter than a
puncture by an ordinary pin. The transverse diameter of
the blow-hole was one and three-quarters inches, and the
longitudinal one inch, the points being directed forwards.

The skin was stuffed, though with much difficulty, owing
to its want of tenacity ; and the contrast of colour became
almost imperceptible. The skeleton was mounted in due
course, and continues to be exhibited alongside the stuffed
skin, a combination rarely possible, but repeated in the
case of a Pilot Whale, Glohicephalus svineval, from the
Humber, June 9th, 1862, the skin and skeleton of which
are also exhibited close by.

The dimensions of the skull are as follows : —

Inches.

Total length lU

Length of nose 9

Width at orbit 10

Width at notches 5 J

Width middle of nose 4^

Length of lower jaw 15|-

Width of condyles 9

Teeth ||, |^, curved, and acute where not slightly worn.

Deljjhmus delpliis, Linn.

A specimen of this Dolphin* was found on the Cheshire
shore, at New Brighton, February 13th, 1879, minus its
tail, evidently cut oif by collision with the fan of a screw
steamship. Two accurate coloured drawings, t showing

* Bell's "Brit. Quad.," ed. 2, p. 462; Gray's "CitaL," p. 242: Flower's
"List of Cetacea," p. 24.

t These drawings agree very closely with the coloured plate given in the
Transactions of the Zoological Society of London for 1879, vol. xi., pi. 1, iu

148 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

under and side views of the creature, were made while it
was quite fresh by Mr. J. Chard, which are of considerable
interest. As the finder would not part with the skin, it
was only possible to secure the skeleton, which has been
carefully mounted for the Museum.

Mr. i^lfred 0. Walker, of Colwyn Bay, writes, " Some
years ago a school of Dolphins passed through Colwyn
Bay. I did not see them, but my wife and others did, and
described them as Porpoises, but said they spouted and
sometimes threw themselves clean out of the water. The
station master here saw them, and I remember, told me
that he could see the herrings flying up out of the water in
front of 'their noses.' This was, no doubt, the spouting.
The above facts, according to Bell, are quite characteristic
of the species, and as the observers, who informed me of
them, did not know there was anything remarkable in
'porpoises spouting,' I think you may fairly book the
Dolphin."

Tiir slops tursio, Fabr.

Into the northernmost of the two bays formed by the
railway embankment connecting Holyhead with Anglesey,
a small shoal of Cetaceans found their w^ay on April 14th,
1866, and proceeded so far that they got stranded near
Yalley, on the Anglesey shore. The workmen at the
Valley foundry waded into the water and succeeded in
killing and capturing fifteen or sixteen of the animals. I
arrived on the spot, with Mr. F. Archer, ten days after,
just in time to make a few notes before the remains were

illustration of Prof. Flower's paper "On the External Characters of Two
Species of British Dolphins" {Dclphinus delphis, Liun., and Delpliinus tarsio,
Fabr.), no really adequate figure having been previously given in any
Zoological publication. This specimen was caught in mackerel nets about
twenty miles south of the Deadman Headland, Cornwall, March 13th, 1879,
just a month after the stranding of our Xew Brighton specimen.

SEALS AND WHALES OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 149

all dispersed. All the heads and most of the bodies had
already been purchased for the Cambridge and London
museums, but I managed to secure for the Liverpool
museum one of the decapitated bodies and the head to
match. I took the dimensions, Sec, of several of the skulls
and skeletons, also of a skin which w^as being prepared for
stuffing by two of the foundry men, and these notes I give
below. So far as I could determine on the spot, with
Dr. Gray's British Museum Catalogue of Seals and
Whales, the specimens seemed to belong to the species
given above, the Bottle-nosed Dolphin,* which is also the
opinion arrived at by Mr. J. W. Clark, of Trinity College,
Cambridge, from an examination of the specimens which
were conveyed there, and by Mr. E. Gerrard, on examining
those which w^ent to London.
Dimensions : —

No.l.

No. 2.

No. 3.

No. 4.

No. 5.

No. 6.

Ft. In.

Ft. In.

Ft. In.

Ft. Iq.

Ft. In.

Ft. In.

Length of body.

9 2

8 7

8

9

9 3

Length of head.

1 10

1 10

1 10

1 10

1 8

1 10

Total length.

11

10 5

9 10

10 10

10 11

...

Teeth

21 21

2 1 li 1

21 20

20 2^0

2 2 2.5

2 1 2 1

2 1 2

3^ Ul

5 2

^1 2^1

All much

First from

Very old

and several

worn.

the snout
very small
and nearly
embedded
in the
gum.

and many
lost, but
the first
and last
of each
series re-
maining.

gone.

Two of the largest carcases lay beheaded on the shore.
Putting these and their heads together the total length of
the one was eleven feet six inches, and of the other eleven
feet eight inches, the tail of the latter being two feet six
inches across from tip to tip. All the above were males ;

* Ddphinm tursio, Bell's "Brit. Quad.," ed. 2, p. 467; Tursio truncatm,
Gray's "Catal," p. :J58 ; Tursiops tursio, Flower's VList," j). 26.

150 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

the teeth of all interlocked ; many were much worn, and
the mider jaw was in eveiy instance somewhat longer than
the upper, and of a white colour. The ribs were thirteen
pairs, the last pair hanging free. The stomachs were
examined, and their principal contents were remains of
fish of various kinds, and in various stages of digestion.
There were several large skulls of Conger-eels, and a few
of the vertebrse of the Garfish (Belone), which are of a pale
green colour. There w^ere also a few ear bones of the
Codfish tribe, a few Crabs, one small Cuttlefish beak, and
the opercula of several Whelks, but 7io shells of this
Mollusc, showing plainly that these Cetaceans have the
power of crushing and rejecting the shells and swallowing
the soft parts.

The following dimensions were taken, as accurately as
circumstances would permit, from the skin, which was
flattened out for the purpose, and the measurements taken
in a straight line representing the vertebrae.

Feet. In.

From the snout to the rise of the forehead

(external "beak") 4

From the snout to the end of the gape 1

Do. do. eye 1 2

Do. do. blow-hole 1 2^

Do. do. anterior insertion of pec-
toral flippers 1 10

From the snout to the posterior insertion of

pectoral flippers 2 4

From the snout to the commencement of dorsal

fluke 4

From the snout to the apex of dorsal fluke 5 4 J

Do. do. external orifice 6 6

Do. do. vent 7 1

Do. do. origin of tail 9 1

SEALS AND WHALES OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTKICT. 151

From the snout to the cleft of tail 9 11

Do. do. tips of tail 10 2

Height of the dorsal fluke 10

The body as it approached the tail was compressed into a
sharp ridge above and below. The pectoral flipper measured
in its greatest length (from its tip to its anterior insertion)
one foot seven inches, the eye was one and one-eighth
inches long; the ear-hole, owing to the condition of the
skin, could not be distinguished ; the horns of the blower
were pointed forward. The whole skin was smooth, and
was entirely black, except on the underside, which was
white from the chin to beyond the vent. In a younger
and smaller specimen, retaining a portion of the skin, and
which without the head measured six feet in length, there
was much more white, which extended to and over part of
the tail. The abortive hinder limbs in this example
consisted of a right and a left bone lying in the long axis
of the body near the vent, and about twenty-seven inches
from the cleft of the tail. They were about two inches
and three-eighths long, and a quarter of an inch broad,
somewhat curved upwards, flattened forwards, and rounded
and thickened behind, where they nearly met.